Top Banner
Hardware & Functionality FT22124EN03GLA0 © 2011 Nokia Siemens Networks 1 Contents 1 System documentation 3 1.1 Documentation overview 4 1.2 Online help system 8 2 System functions 9 2.1 Transmission wavelengths 10 2.2 Optical Multiplexing Scheme 14 2.3 Amplification scheme 48 2.4 Dispersion compensation scheme 64 2.5 Transponder, Muxponder, and Regenerator Functions 67 2.6 hiT7300 Optical Protection 89 2.7 System management Function 96 3 SURPASS hiT7300 NE Types 127 3.1 Optical Line Repeater (OLR) Network Element 130 3.2 Optical Network Node (ONN) 132 3.3 SON – Standalone Optical Node 156 4 CWDM support 161 4.1 Passive CWDM Filter Pack Solutions 164 4.2 CWDM Filter Architecture 166 4.3 CWDM Topologies 168 5 Hardware design 169 5.1 hiT7300 racks 170 5.2 hiT7300 Sub-racks 172 5.3 RMH07 series Sub-Rack 182 5.4 Mechanical design of modules 184 5.5 SURPASS hiT7300 optical cabling 188 6 Exercise 191 Hardware & Functionality
206

Hardware & Functionality - xa.yimg.comxa.yimg.com/.../name/04_FT22124EN03GLA0_hardware_functionality.… · Hardware & Functionality ... Installation and Test Manual ... SURPASS hiT

Apr 23, 2018

Download

Documents

dobao
Welcome message from author
This document is posted to help you gain knowledge. Please leave a comment to let me know what you think about it! Share it to your friends and learn new things together.
Transcript
Page 1: Hardware & Functionality - xa.yimg.comxa.yimg.com/.../name/04_FT22124EN03GLA0_hardware_functionality.… · Hardware & Functionality ... Installation and Test Manual ... SURPASS hiT

Hardware & Functionality

FT22124EN03GLA0 © 2011 Nokia Siemens Networks

1

Contents 1 System documentation 3 1.1 Documentation overview 4 1.2 Online help system 8 2 System functions 9 2.1 Transmission wavelengths 10 2.2 Optical Multiplexing Scheme 14 2.3 Amplification scheme 48 2.4 Dispersion compensation scheme 64 2.5 Transponder, Muxponder, and Regenerator Functions 67 2.6 hiT7300 Optical Protection 89 2.7 System management Function 96 3 SURPASS hiT7300 NE Types 127 3.1 Optical Line Repeater (OLR) Network Element 130 3.2 Optical Network Node (ONN) 132 3.3 SON – Standalone Optical Node 156 4 CWDM support 161 4.1 Passive CWDM Filter Pack Solutions 164 4.2 CWDM Filter Architecture 166 4.3 CWDM Topologies 168 5 Hardware design 169 5.1 hiT7300 racks 170 5.2 hiT7300 Sub-racks 172 5.3 RMH07 series Sub-Rack 182 5.4 Mechanical design of modules 184 5.5 SURPASS hiT7300 optical cabling 188 6 Exercise 191

Hardware & Functionality

Page 2: Hardware & Functionality - xa.yimg.comxa.yimg.com/.../name/04_FT22124EN03GLA0_hardware_functionality.… · Hardware & Functionality ... Installation and Test Manual ... SURPASS hiT

Hardware & Functionality

FT22124EN03GLA0

© 2011 Nokia Siemens Networks 2

Page 3: Hardware & Functionality - xa.yimg.comxa.yimg.com/.../name/04_FT22124EN03GLA0_hardware_functionality.… · Hardware & Functionality ... Installation and Test Manual ... SURPASS hiT

Hardware & Functionality

FT22124EN03GLA0 © 2011 Nokia Siemens Networks

3

1 System documentation

System documentation

Fig. 1 System documentation

Page 4: Hardware & Functionality - xa.yimg.comxa.yimg.com/.../name/04_FT22124EN03GLA0_hardware_functionality.… · Hardware & Functionality ... Installation and Test Manual ... SURPASS hiT

Hardware & Functionality

FT22124EN03GLA0

© 2011 Nokia Siemens Networks 4

1.1 Documentation overview The documentation of the SURPASS 7300 comprises the following descriptions and manuals:

TIP The documentation is available on CD-ROM.

Environmental Product Declaration (EPD) The purpose of this document is to provide environmentally relevant information of a specific Nokia Siemens Networks product.

This document shall not be interpreted as a specification, modification or amendment to the specification, or additional or other warranty of any kind. In case of discrepancy between this document and the Product specification or terms and conditions of the valid supply agreement between Nokia Siemens Networks and the customer, the supply agreement and Product specification shall always prevail over this document.

Product Description (PD): The Product Description (PD) provides an overview of the entire system. PD includes description of features, components application, performance features, NE types, operating theory, block diagrams, plug-in card descriptions, and detailed technical specifications.

Installation and Test Manual (ITMN): The Installation and Test Manual ITM contains instructions on how to install the SURPASS hiT7300 system components. This includes mounting the sub-racks in the equipment racks, connecting and testing power cables, electrical cabling and plug-in card installation. The ITM also includes the post-installation Commissioning procedures.

Optical Link Commissioning (OLC): This document gives the instructions for performing post-installation turn-up and link optimization procedures and describes the standard optical link commissioning procedure for SURPASS hiT7300 system.

OLR and ONN Commissioning (ONN / OLR COMM): This document contains instructions for commissioning of OLR and ONN network elements and described commissioning process of taking installed OLR or/and ONN and bringing them to an operational state.

Page 5: Hardware & Functionality - xa.yimg.comxa.yimg.com/.../name/04_FT22124EN03GLA0_hardware_functionality.… · Hardware & Functionality ... Installation and Test Manual ... SURPASS hiT

Hardware & Functionality

FT22124EN03GLA0 © 2011 Nokia Siemens Networks

5

EPD

Documentation on CD-ROM (PDF format)Documentation on CD-ROM (PDF format)

ITMN

ONN / OLRCommissioning

SONCommissioning

OLCOMN

TSMN

ICMA

PD

LSS

CD-ROM Content, PDF, Order Number: A42022-L5972-E010-02-76K5

SI

Fig. 2 User Manuals on CD-ROM

Page 6: Hardware & Functionality - xa.yimg.comxa.yimg.com/.../name/04_FT22124EN03GLA0_hardware_functionality.… · Hardware & Functionality ... Installation and Test Manual ... SURPASS hiT

Hardware & Functionality

FT22124EN03GLA0

© 2011 Nokia Siemens Networks 6

SON Commissioning (SON-COMM): This document contains instructions for commissioning of SON network element and described commissioning process of taking an installed SON and bringing it to an operational state.

Open Source Licenses (OSL): List of used open source software licenses.

Operating Manual (OMN): The Operating Manual (OMN) provide information on how to operate, monitor and maintain the SURPASS hiT7300 system via Element Manager (EM) of the Local Craft Terminal (LCT), principles of alarming and HW upgrade procedures. The Element Manager (EM) is an easy-to-use Graphical User Interface (GUI) with extensive Online Help.

Trouble Shooting Manual (TSMN): The Trouble Shooting Manual TSMN deals solely with alarm handling and trouble shooting. In the TSMN is obtainable detailed information to troubleshoot and remedy alarm events. This document describes troubleshooting procedures to be performed in reaction to alarm events generated in the SURPASS hiT7300 system.

Interconnect, Configuration, and Mechanical Assembly (ICMA): This document deals with the electrical and optical cabling of the sub-racks and racks; it illustrates the rack equipment of the several variants and contains block diagrams and cabling lists, additionally it describes the installation and cabling for the SURPASS hiT7300 system. ICMA contains complete set of drawings that depict rack, sub-rack, and plug-in card arrangements, as well as electrical and fiber cabling plans.

Page 7: Hardware & Functionality - xa.yimg.comxa.yimg.com/.../name/04_FT22124EN03GLA0_hardware_functionality.… · Hardware & Functionality ... Installation and Test Manual ... SURPASS hiT

Hardware & Functionality

FT22124EN03GLA0 © 2011 Nokia Siemens Networks

7

Customer Documentation overviewCustomer Documentation overview

EPD

ITMN

OLC

OL

R &

ON

N

Co

mm

issi

on

ing O

MN

LSS

SO

N

Co

mm

iss

ion

ing T

SMN

OLC

SON

ICMA

PD

Fig. 3 Customer Documentation

EPD Environmental Product Declaration ICMA Interconnect, Configuration and Mechanical Assembly ITMN Installation and Test Manual LSS Long Single Span Architecture User Manual NE_COMM OLR and ONN Commissioning NE_COMM_SON SON Commissioning OLC Optical Link Commissioning OLC_SON Optical Link Commissioning SON

OMN Operating Manual

PD Product Description TSMN Troubleshooting Manual

Page 8: Hardware & Functionality - xa.yimg.comxa.yimg.com/.../name/04_FT22124EN03GLA0_hardware_functionality.… · Hardware & Functionality ... Installation and Test Manual ... SURPASS hiT

Hardware & Functionality

FT22124EN03GLA0

© 2011 Nokia Siemens Networks 8

1.2 Online help system There is possible to use the online help system that is provided with the NE software to receive information about all the window contents and menus. The Contents, Index and Find buttons enable the online help to be searched quickly and conveniently. You may also display essential steps of important operating sequences via the help table of contents. Individual help topics can be printed, and context-sensitive help texts called up directly from the user interface.

Fig. 4 Online help system

Page 9: Hardware & Functionality - xa.yimg.comxa.yimg.com/.../name/04_FT22124EN03GLA0_hardware_functionality.… · Hardware & Functionality ... Installation and Test Manual ... SURPASS hiT

Hardware & Functionality

FT22124EN03GLA0 © 2011 Nokia Siemens Networks

9

2 System functions

System functions

!

Fig. 5 System functions

Page 10: Hardware & Functionality - xa.yimg.comxa.yimg.com/.../name/04_FT22124EN03GLA0_hardware_functionality.… · Hardware & Functionality ... Installation and Test Manual ... SURPASS hiT

Hardware & Functionality

FT22124EN03GLA0

© 2011 Nokia Siemens Networks 10

2.1 Transmission wavelengths The SURPASS hiT 7300 supports 40-channel (with 100 GHz frequency spacing) and 80/96-channel (with 50 GHz frequency spacing) DWDM transmission systems within the C band. The use of a 40-channel or an 80/96-channel plan depends of the customer’s needs and network application.

The 40-channel frequency/wavelength plan allows a very flexible network design for various End-of-Life (EOL) optical channel counts from 4 to 40 channels in steps of 4 channel sub-bands. These frequencies/wavelengths are also referred to as standard frequency grid.

SURPASS hiT 7300 80/96-channel DWDM transmission system is using 80 or 96 channels in the C-Band with 50 GHz of channel spacing. These frequencies/wavelengths are created by the combination of the 40/48-channel standard frequency grid with the interleaved set of a 40/48-channel offset frequency grid.

TIP The 80/96-channel frequency/wavelength plan is not divided into a 4-channel sub-band structure (as the 40-channel frequency/wavelength plan).

λ[nm]

0.8 nm (100 GHz)

„Blue Band“ „Red Band“

Sub-bandsSub-bands

196.00 (THz) 1529,55 (nm)

196.00 (THz) 1529,55 (nm)

C01

192,1 (THz) 1560,61 (nm)

192,1 (THz) 1560,61 (nm)

40 channels in C-Band: standard frequency grid40 channels in C-Band: standard frequency grid

C02 C03 C04 C05 C06 C07 C08 C09 C10

„Middle Band“

hiT7300 Transmission WavelengthsEOL 40 channels

Fig. 6 Transmission wavelengths for EOL 40 channels

Page 11: Hardware & Functionality - xa.yimg.comxa.yimg.com/.../name/04_FT22124EN03GLA0_hardware_functionality.… · Hardware & Functionality ... Installation and Test Manual ... SURPASS hiT

Hardware & Functionality

FT22124EN03GLA0 © 2011 Nokia Siemens Networks

11

λ[nm]

0.8 nm (100 GHz)

EOL 80 channels:196.00 THz

EOL 96 channels:196.10 THz

EOL 80 channels:196.00 THz

EOL 96 channels:196.10 THz

EOL 80 channels:192.10 THz

EOL 96 channels: 191.40 THz

EOL 80 channels:192.10 THz

EOL 96 channels: 191.40 THz

40 or 48 channels in C-Band: standard frequency grid40 or 48 channels in C-Band: standard frequency grid

hiT7300 Transmission WavelengthsEOL 80 or 96 channels

λ[nm]

0.8 nm (100 GHz)

EOL 80 channels:195.95 THz

EOL 96 channels:196.05 THz

EOL 80 channels:195.95 THz

EOL 96 channels:196.05 THz

EOL 80 channels:192.05 THz

EOL 96 channels: 191.35 THz

EOL 80 channels:192.05 THz

EOL 96 channels: 191.35 THz

40 or 48 channels in C-Band: offset frequency grid40 or 48 channels in C-Band: offset frequency grid

0.4 nm (50 GHz)

Fig. 7 Transmission wavelengths for EOL 80 or 96 channels

40ch offset frequency100GHz grid.

λ[nm]

InterleaverInterleaver

λ[nm]

40ch standard frequency100GHz grid.

80ch 50GHzfrequency grid.

0.8 nm (100 GHz) 0.4 nm (50 GHz)

hiT7300 Transmission Wavelengths

Fig. 8

Page 12: Hardware & Functionality - xa.yimg.comxa.yimg.com/.../name/04_FT22124EN03GLA0_hardware_functionality.… · Hardware & Functionality ... Installation and Test Manual ... SURPASS hiT

Hardware & Functionality

FT22124EN03GLA0

© 2011 Nokia Siemens Networks 12

The 40 channel frequency/wavelength plan allows for very flexible network design for various End-of-Life (EOL) optical channel counts from 4 channels up to 40 channels in steps of 4 channel sub-bands.

The 40 channel SURPASS hiT7300 system uses a maximum of 40 wavelengths within the C-band, with 100 GHz frequency spacing starting with 1529.55 nm and ending with 1560.61 nm and divided into following groups:

• 16 “blue” wavelengths (C01 to C04 sub-bands).

• 8 “middle” wavelengths (C05 and C06 sub-bands).

• 16 “red” wavelengths (C07 to C10 sub-bands).

All MUX/DMUX cards have fixed wavelength assignment to their physical channel ports. Both thin-film filter for realizing flexible subband structures and arrayed wave-guide (AWG) optical filter technology for full-access to 40-channel frequency grids are available, thereby always meeting cost-effective solutions for each network application. The cards are highly reliable and mostly consisting of passive optical components only.

TIP The same MUX/DMUX cards are used for ONN terminal applications as well as for all OADM and PXC applications.

Page 13: Hardware & Functionality - xa.yimg.comxa.yimg.com/.../name/04_FT22124EN03GLA0_hardware_functionality.… · Hardware & Functionality ... Installation and Test Manual ... SURPASS hiT

Hardware & Functionality

FT22124EN03GLA0 © 2011 Nokia Siemens Networks

13

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

C01C03C04C05C08C10 C06 C02C07C09

C01

C03

C05

C07

C09

C02

C04

C06

C08

C10

40 channels overall (192.1 … 196.0 THz)

No band gap

Optical Channel GroupsOptical Channel Groups

Fig. 9 Optical Channel Groups

Page 14: Hardware & Functionality - xa.yimg.comxa.yimg.com/.../name/04_FT22124EN03GLA0_hardware_functionality.… · Hardware & Functionality ... Installation and Test Manual ... SURPASS hiT

Hardware & Functionality

FT22124EN03GLA0

© 2011 Nokia Siemens Networks 14

2.2 Optical Multiplexing Scheme The choice and structure of the optical multiplexing technology for hiT7300 takes into consideration several factors such as the channel granularity requirements, modularity, and subsequent upgradeability. The optical Mux/Demux cards offer very low insertion loss to facilitate links with a large number of ONN’s as well as to support ONN’s without booster amplifier wherever possible in order to reduce the overall system cost.

SURPASS hiT 7300 supports 40 wavelengths out of the 100 GHz wavelength grid and 80/96 wavelengths out of the 50 GHz wavelength grid according to ITU-T G.692/G.694.1.

The Mux/Demux cards have fixed wavelength to physical port assignment. The cards are highly reliable consisting of the passive optical components including only the electrical components necessary for the card identification. All Mux/Demux cards used for Flexible Terminal/OADM are bidirectional cards, where Mux/Demux cards for FullAccess Terminal/OADM are 40-channel unidirectional or 48-channel bidirectional cards.

TIP The same Mux/Demux cards are used for the ONN terminal application as well as for the ONN OADM application.

TIP Cards are bidirectional, only DEMUX direction is shown.

Page 15: Hardware & Functionality - xa.yimg.comxa.yimg.com/.../name/04_FT22124EN03GLA0_hardware_functionality.… · Hardware & Functionality ... Installation and Test Manual ... SURPASS hiT

Hardware & Functionality

FT22124EN03GLA0 © 2011 Nokia Siemens Networks

15

Terminal based on 4- channel sub-bands

• Flexible pay as you grow approach with modular architecture, 4 channel steps

• In service upgrade up to 40 channels end of life

Terminal based on AWG

• Full access to 40 channels from day 1

• 40-ch AWG and 4-ch group filters can be mixed in the network

• Upgrade to 80 channels with add. interleaver and off-set grid AWG

Band Filter

4 Channel Filter

AWG – 40 channel

Arrayed Waveguide

Grating

...

...

Both fixed filter options – banded and AWG –are fully interoperable

Sub-band filter and AWG filter optionsfor 40 channel terminals

Fig. 10 Optical Multiplexing Scheme- Flexible / AWG

Page 16: Hardware & Functionality - xa.yimg.comxa.yimg.com/.../name/04_FT22124EN03GLA0_hardware_functionality.… · Hardware & Functionality ... Installation and Test Manual ... SURPASS hiT

Hardware & Functionality

FT22124EN03GLA0

© 2011 Nokia Siemens Networks 16

2.2.1 Flexible Filter structure (cascaded filters)

The filter cards act as multiplexers/demultiplexers by providing the primary wave division or aggregation of all the transponder signals and allowing access (add/drop) to a particular wavelengths or set of wavelengths.

For realizing flexible sub-band structures for multiplexing/demultiplexing of up to 40 channels in standard frequency grid (C-band) with 4-channel granularity there are only 4 types of MUX/DMUX cards needed, which are already supported since R4.0 of hiT 7300:

Optical Multiplexer/Demultiplexer Cards for flexible sub-band structures

Card function Card name

Red/blue splitter + 2x sub-band multiplexing (bidirectional)

F08SB

4x sub-band multiplexing (bidirectional) F16SB (red and blue band variant)

1x sub-band filter + 4-channel multiplexing (bidirectional)

F04MDU (10 sub-band variants)

4-Channel multiplexing (bidirectional) F04MDN (10 sub-band variants)

Fig. 11 Optical Multiplexer/Demultiplexer Cards

Page 17: Hardware & Functionality - xa.yimg.comxa.yimg.com/.../name/04_FT22124EN03GLA0_hardware_functionality.… · Hardware & Functionality ... Installation and Test Manual ... SURPASS hiT

Hardware & Functionality

FT22124EN03GLA0 © 2011 Nokia Siemens Networks

17

2.2.1.1 F04MDN-1 Filter Cards

The F04MDN-1 card consists of one four channel fixed filter. The card is bidirectional and occupies a single slot. F04MDN-1 is offered in ten different variants (subbands C1-C10) to cover the entire 40 channel wavelength plan.

Fig. 12 F04MDN-1 Filter Cards and F04MDU-1 Filter Cards

2.2.1.2 F04MDU-1 Filter Cards

The F04MDU-1 card consists of one band filter and one corresponding four channel fixed filter. The card is bidirectional and occupies a single slot. It is offered in ten different variants (subbands C1-C10) to cover the entire 40 channel wavelength plan.

Fig. 13 HW Layout

Page 18: Hardware & Functionality - xa.yimg.comxa.yimg.com/.../name/04_FT22124EN03GLA0_hardware_functionality.… · Hardware & Functionality ... Installation and Test Manual ... SURPASS hiT

Hardware & Functionality

FT22124EN03GLA0

© 2011 Nokia Siemens Networks 18

2.2.1.3 F08SB-1 Filter Card

The F08SB-1 card consists of a red/blue filter and two band filters. The card is bidirectional and occupies a single slot. It offers two band filters for subbands C5 and C6 and a red/blue filter that separates subbands C1-C4 from subbands C7-C10. There is only one variant of this card.

Fig. 14 F08SB-1 Filter Card

2.2.1.4 F16SB-1 Filter Cards

Each F16SB-1 card consists of four cascaded band filters. The card is bidirectional and occupies a single slot. It is offered in two variants for subbands C1-C4 (blue band) and subbands C7-C10 (red band), respectively.

Fig. 15 F16SB-1 Filter Cards

Page 19: Hardware & Functionality - xa.yimg.comxa.yimg.com/.../name/04_FT22124EN03GLA0_hardware_functionality.… · Hardware & Functionality ... Installation and Test Manual ... SURPASS hiT

Hardware & Functionality

FT22124EN03GLA0 © 2011 Nokia Siemens Networks

19

Fig. 16 HW layout

Page 20: Hardware & Functionality - xa.yimg.comxa.yimg.com/.../name/04_FT22124EN03GLA0_hardware_functionality.… · Hardware & Functionality ... Installation and Test Manual ... SURPASS hiT

Hardware & Functionality

FT22124EN03GLA0

© 2011 Nokia Siemens Networks 20

2.2.2 Fixed Filter structure (AWG filter)

For realizing 40-channel (EOL) systems in standard and offset frequency grid (C-band) with full access to all channels from day 1 (BOL), and for 80 or 96-channel systems the following MUX/DMUX cards are supported in hiT 7300:

Optical Multiplexer/Demultiplexer Cards for 40/80-channels full access scheme

Card function Card name

40-channel unidirectional multiplexing/demultiplexing for 100GHz Standard frequency grid or Offset frequency grid

F40/S or /O

40-channel unidirectional multiplexing/demultiplexing and per channel VOA's for 100GHz Standard frequency grid or Offset frequency grid

F40V/S or /O

40-channel multiplexing for 100GHz frequency grid, per channel monitor diodes, /S and /O

F40MP/S or /O

40-channel multiplexing for 100GHz frequency grid, per channel monitor diodes and VOAs, /S and /O

F40VMP/S or /O

80-channel split coupler and drop interleaver (unidirectional) F80DCI

80-channel interleaver (bidirectional) F80MDI

Optical Multiplexer/Demultiplexer Cards for 96-channels full access scheme

Card function Card name

48-channel unidirectional multiplexing and demultiplexing for 100GHz Standard frequency grid

F48MDP/S

48-channel unidirectional multiplexing and demultiplexing for 100GHz Offset frequency grid

F48MDP/O

Page 21: Hardware & Functionality - xa.yimg.comxa.yimg.com/.../name/04_FT22124EN03GLA0_hardware_functionality.… · Hardware & Functionality ... Installation and Test Manual ... SURPASS hiT

Hardware & Functionality

FT22124EN03GLA0 © 2011 Nokia Siemens Networks

21

Fig. 17 Optical Multiplexer/Demultiplexer Cards of EOL 40/80 channels

Fig. 18 Optical Multiplexer/Demultiplexer Cards of EOL 96 channels

Page 22: Hardware & Functionality - xa.yimg.comxa.yimg.com/.../name/04_FT22124EN03GLA0_hardware_functionality.… · Hardware & Functionality ... Installation and Test Manual ... SURPASS hiT

Hardware & Functionality

FT22124EN03GLA0

© 2011 Nokia Siemens Networks 22

2.2.2.1 F40-1/S and F40-/O Filter Cards

Each F40-1/x filter cards consist of a 40-channel fixed filter based on temperature-controlled arrayed waveguide grating (AWG) technology, which performs multiplexing or demultiplexing of 40 channels in 100 GHz spaced standard frequency grid (F40/S) or 100 GHz spaced offset (50 GHz shifted) frequency grid (F40/O), respectively. The F40-1/x card is unidirectional and performs either an optical multiplexing or demultiplexing.

F40-1/S

λ1 λ2 λ40

.

...

F40-1/S

λ1 λ2 λ40

.

...

Multiplexer Card Demultiplexer Card

F40-1/O

λ41 λ42 λ80...

F40-1/O

λ41 λ42 λ80...

Multiplexer Card Demultiplexer Card

Fig. 19 F40-1/x Filter Cards

Fig. 20 HW Layout

Page 23: Hardware & Functionality - xa.yimg.comxa.yimg.com/.../name/04_FT22124EN03GLA0_hardware_functionality.… · Hardware & Functionality ... Installation and Test Manual ... SURPASS hiT

Hardware & Functionality

FT22124EN03GLA0 © 2011 Nokia Siemens Networks

23

2.2.2.2 F40V/S and F40V/O Filter Cards

The F40V-1/x card consists of a 40-channel fixed filter based on temperature-controlled AWG technology. The F40V-1/x performs multiplexing or demultiplexing of 40 channels in 100 GHz spaced standard frequency grid (F40V-1/S) or 100 GHz spaced offset (50 GHz shifted) frequency grid (F40V-1/O), respectively. In addition to multiplexing/demultiplexing each F40V-1/x contains a Variable Optical Attenuator (VOA) for each individual input/output channel. The VOAs are used in the optical channel power pre-emphasis (in case the F40V-1/x card is used as multiplexer) or drop channel power adjust (in case the F40V-1/x card is used as demultiplexer), therefore allowing a very compact and cost-effective solution with high channel count while, achieving highly automated network commissioning at the same time.

The F40-1V/x card is unidirectional and performs either an optical multiplexing or demultiplexing like the F40/x each F40V/x card provides 41 optical front connectors within 21 duplex LC/PC connectors on the front panel for access to all 40 channel ports and the aggregation port, it occupies 2 slots (2x 30mm).

Multiplexer Card Demultiplexer Card

Multiplexer Card Demultiplexer Card

λ1λ2λ40 ... λ1λ2λ40 ...

λ41λ42λ80 ...λ41λ42λ80 ...

F40V-1/S F40V-1/S

F40V-1/O F40V-1/O

Fig. 21 F40V/S and F40V/O Filter Cards

TIP When used as a demultiplexer, an optical input power monitor is provided for detection of loss-of-signal and laser safety control.

Page 24: Hardware & Functionality - xa.yimg.comxa.yimg.com/.../name/04_FT22124EN03GLA0_hardware_functionality.… · Hardware & Functionality ... Installation and Test Manual ... SURPASS hiT

Hardware & Functionality

FT22124EN03GLA0

© 2011 Nokia Siemens Networks 24

2.2.2.3 F48MDP-1/S and F48MDP-1/O Filter Cards

The F48MDP-1/x card consists of a 48-channel fixed filter based on AWG technology. The F48MDP-1/x is a bidirectional card that performs multiplexing or demultiplexing of 48 channels in spaced standard frequency grid (F48MDP-1/S) or spaced offset (50 GHz shifted) frequency grid (F48MDP-1/O).

The input port of the demultiplexing incorporates a monitor diode for LOS detection and signaling to Laser Safety bus and to Fault-Management. The demultiplexer has a monitor point for service and optional MCP access.

The multiplexing part of the card has in each input port, monitors for Automatic Port Connection Detection (APDC), power level measurement and LOS detection.

Fig. 22 F48MPD-1/x Filter Cards

Page 25: Hardware & Functionality - xa.yimg.comxa.yimg.com/.../name/04_FT22124EN03GLA0_hardware_functionality.… · Hardware & Functionality ... Installation and Test Manual ... SURPASS hiT

Hardware & Functionality

FT22124EN03GLA0 © 2011 Nokia Siemens Networks

25

Fig. 23 HW Layout

Page 26: Hardware & Functionality - xa.yimg.comxa.yimg.com/.../name/04_FT22124EN03GLA0_hardware_functionality.… · Hardware & Functionality ... Installation and Test Manual ... SURPASS hiT

Hardware & Functionality

FT22124EN03GLA0

© 2011 Nokia Siemens Networks 26

2.2.3 Wavelength-Selective Switch Cards

The filter cards act as multiplexers/demultiplexers by providing the primary wave division or aggregation of all the transponder signals and allowing access (add/drop) to a particular set of wavelengths from an optical fiber while passing the remaining wavelengths. Line side wavelengths require translation to client side equipment via the transponder card.

The following Wavelength-Selective Switch cards are supported in hiT 7300:

Wavelength-Selective Switch Cards

Card name Usage Optical multiplexer of

Architecture Communication

type

F40MR-1 a ROADM PLC-WSS Bidirectional

F02MR-1 an ONN-R2 MEMS-WSS Bidirectional

F08MR-1 reconfigurable PXC MEMS-WSS Bidirectional

F06DR80-1 Optical demultiplexer of a reconfigurable PXC

MEMS-WSS Unidirectional

F06MR80-1 a reconfigurable PXC MEMS-WSS Unidirectional

F09DR80-1 Optical demultiplexer of a reconfigurable PXC

PLC-WSS Unidirectional

F09MR80-1 a reconfigurable PXC PLC-WSS Unidirectional

F09MDRT-1/S an ONN-RT or ONNX Tunable WSS Bidirectional

F09MDRT-1/O an ONN-RT or ONNX Tunable WSS Bidirectional

F09MDR96-1 an ONN-X96 Tunable WSS Bidirectional

O09CC-1 an ONN-X96 Coupler card for color- and directionless PXC

Bidirectional

F80DCI-1 Optical demultiplexer of a ROADM

Interleaver filter and splitter

Unidirectional

F80MDI-1 Optical multiplexer or demultiplexer

Interleaver filters Bidirectional

Page 27: Hardware & Functionality - xa.yimg.comxa.yimg.com/.../name/04_FT22124EN03GLA0_hardware_functionality.… · Hardware & Functionality ... Installation and Test Manual ... SURPASS hiT

Hardware & Functionality

FT22124EN03GLA0 © 2011 Nokia Siemens Networks

27

BidirectionalTunable WSSan ONN-X96F09MDR96-1

BidirectionalCouple card for colorless and directionless PXC

an ONN-X96O09CC-1

bidirectionalInterleaver filtersOptical multiplexer or demultiplexerF80MDI-1

UnidirectionalInterleaver filter and splitterOptical demultiplexer of a ROADMF80DCI-1

BidirectionalTunable WSSan ONN-RT or ONN-XF09MDRT-1/O

BidirectionalTunable WSSan ONN-RT or ONN-XF09MDRT-1/S

UnidirectionalPLC-WSSa reconfigurable PXCF09MR80-1

UnidirectionalPLC-WSSOptical demultiplexer of a reconfigurable PXC

F09DR80-1

UnidirectionalMEMS-WSSa reconfigurable PXCF06MR80-1

UnidirectionalMEMS-WSSOptical demultiplexer of a reconfigurable PXC

F06DR80-1

BidirectionalMEMS-WSSreconfigurable PXCF08MR-1

BidirectionalMEMS-WSSan ONN-R2F02MR-1

BidirectionalPLC-WSSa ROADM F40MR-1

Communicationtype

ArchitectureUsageOptical multiplexer of …

Card name

Wavelength-Selective Switch Cards

Fig. 24 Wavelength-Selective Switch Cards

X

X

ONN-X96

X

ONN-RT

X

X

X

ONN-RT80

X

ONN-X

X

X

X

X

ONN-X80

F09MDR96-1

O09CC-1

F80MDI-1

XF80DCI-1

F09MDRT-1/O

F09MDRT-1/S

F09MR80-1

F09DR80-1

F06MR80-1

F06DR80-1

XF08MR-1

XF02MR-1

XF40MR-1

ONN-R80ONN-R2ONN-RCard name

Wavelength-Selective Switch Cards

Fig. 25 Wavelength-Selective Switch Cards

Page 28: Hardware & Functionality - xa.yimg.comxa.yimg.com/.../name/04_FT22124EN03GLA0_hardware_functionality.… · Hardware & Functionality ... Installation and Test Manual ... SURPASS hiT

Hardware & Functionality

FT22124EN03GLA0

© 2011 Nokia Siemens Networks 28

2.2.3.1 F40MR-1

SURPASS hiT 7300 supports wavelength selective switching for building a ROADM providing full access to 40 optical channels. The key component for this application is the F40MR-1 card which includes an integrated Planar Lightwave Circuit-Wavelength Selective Switch (PLC-WSS) with low insertion loss, providing a remotely (via software) reconfigurable optical switching function per individual wavelength.

The input DWDM signal from the line interface (optical pre-amplifier) is split into express traffic and local drop traffic. The express direction provides an optical input power monitor for detection of loss-of-signal and laser safety control.

The output DWDM signal toward the line interface (booster or booster-less interface) of the PLC-WSS, results from a 40-channel multiplexing. These 40 multiplexed channels are individually selectable (via software) between the 40 incoming express channels and the 40 local add channels.

For each optical channel to be transmitted, a VOA and an optical power monitor diode are available.

Fig. 26 F40MR-1 card structure

Page 29: Hardware & Functionality - xa.yimg.comxa.yimg.com/.../name/04_FT22124EN03GLA0_hardware_functionality.… · Hardware & Functionality ... Installation and Test Manual ... SURPASS hiT

Hardware & Functionality

FT22124EN03GLA0 © 2011 Nokia Siemens Networks

29

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Fig. 27 F40MR-1 card structure- HW layout

Page 30: Hardware & Functionality - xa.yimg.comxa.yimg.com/.../name/04_FT22124EN03GLA0_hardware_functionality.… · Hardware & Functionality ... Installation and Test Manual ... SURPASS hiT

Hardware & Functionality

FT22124EN03GLA0

© 2011 Nokia Siemens Networks 30

2.2.3.2 F02MR-1

SURPASS hiT 7300 supports wavelength selective switching for building a cost optimized nodal degree 2 ROADM (i.e., ONN-R2) providing full access to 40 optical channels.

The key component for this application is the F02MR-1 card which includes in the transmission path an integrated 2:1 Micro-Electro-Mechanical System - Wavelength Selective Switch (MEMS-WSS) module, providing a remotely (via software) reconfigurable optical switching function per individual wavelength.

The incoming signals of the cross-connect are switched with the WSS module on the common output which is followed by a booster amplifier. One of the inputs of the WSS is connected to the output of a mux filter where the local add channels are inserted.

In the receiver path, the incoming signal from the pre-amplifier is launched into a 1x2 splitter with a 40/60 splitting ratio. At the higher output port, a demux filter (F40-1/S) can be connected for local drop traffic. The other port is the output of the cross-connect. At both inputs of the WSS and the C-COM port of the splitter, LOS monitors are used for supervision. Also a power monitor is included at the splitter drop output.

Fig. 28 F02MR-1 card structure

Page 31: Hardware & Functionality - xa.yimg.comxa.yimg.com/.../name/04_FT22124EN03GLA0_hardware_functionality.… · Hardware & Functionality ... Installation and Test Manual ... SURPASS hiT

Hardware & Functionality

FT22124EN03GLA0 © 2011 Nokia Siemens Networks

31

2.2.3.3 F08MR-1

SURPASS hiT 7300 supports wavelength selective switching for building a multi-degree 40-channel PXC providing full access to 40 optical channels. The key component for this application is the F08MR-1 card which includes an integrated 8:1 MEMS-WSS module, providing a remotely (via software) reconfigurable optical switching function per individual wavelength.

The input DWDM signal from the line interface (optical pre-amplifier) is split into 7 crossconnect outputs and 1 local drop traffic output. The drop output also provides an optical input power monitor for detection of Loss Of Signal (LOS) and laser safety control.

The WSS module collects DWDM traffic from 7 other line ports and 1 local add traffic input, and performs arbitrary pass-through switching for any wavelength, of the 8 input ports, toward its output port.

The internal cross-connect traffic ports from different F08MR-1 cards (of different line directions) can be interconnected to allow a configurable pass-through traffic between arbitrary line directions.

Fig. 29 F08MR-1 card structure

Page 32: Hardware & Functionality - xa.yimg.comxa.yimg.com/.../name/04_FT22124EN03GLA0_hardware_functionality.… · Hardware & Functionality ... Installation and Test Manual ... SURPASS hiT

Hardware & Functionality

FT22124EN03GLA0

© 2011 Nokia Siemens Networks 32

2.2.3.4 F09MDRT-1/S and F09MDRT-1/O

The F09MDRT-1/x is a bidirectional tunable WSS card suitable for ONN-RT and ONNRT80 configurations.

Each drop channel of the WSS is tunable and remotely configurable. The F09MDRT-1/x contains a 1:9 WSS with 100GHz spacing and a 9:1 coupler structure. The WSS input port and all coupler input ports C1…C9 are monitored for LOS, and are equipped with per channel VOAs.

In order to support 80-channel operation with 50GHz spacing, two cards are required (a standard F09MDRT-1/S card and an offset F09MDRT-1/O card). These two cards are operated in parallel using an interleaver to support a total of 16 tunable add/drop channels per each transmission direction.

The F9MDRT-1/x card can be used in a ROADM application (mainly for Metro core networks) or as a non-directional terminal in an ONN-X configuration.

Fig. 30 F09MDRT-1 card structure

Page 33: Hardware & Functionality - xa.yimg.comxa.yimg.com/.../name/04_FT22124EN03GLA0_hardware_functionality.… · Hardware & Functionality ... Installation and Test Manual ... SURPASS hiT

Hardware & Functionality

FT22124EN03GLA0 © 2011 Nokia Siemens Networks

33

2.2.3.5 F06DR80-1 and F06MR80-1

The F06DR80-1 and F06MR80-1 cards allow SURPASS hiT 7300 to support wavelength selective switching for building a multi-degree 80-channel PXC providing full access to 80 optical channels. The F06DR80-1 and F06MR80-1 cards include an integrated 1:6 (in the F06DR80-1) or 6:1 (in the F06MR80-1) MEMS-WSS module, providing a remotely (via software) reconfigurable optical switching function per individual wavelength.

The input DWDM signal from the line interface (optical pre-amplifier) is switched per wavelength by the MEMS-WSS module on the F06DR80-1 card, either to any of the cross-connect output ports or to one of the two local drop traffic ports, which are already divided into two 40-channel frequency groups of the standard and offset grids, respectively, so that no interleaver is required.

The F06DR80-1 provides a LOS monitor for the input signal is provided for laser safety control at the line interface and each output port is also supervised for over-power detection to ensure laser safety of hazard level 1M.

The output DWDM signal to a line interface (optical booster) is created by the MEMSWSS module on the F06MR80-1 card, which switches per wavelength from any of the cross-connect input signals or from one of the two local add traffic ports, which are already divided into two 40-channel frequency groups of standard and offset grids.

The internal cross-connect traffic ports from the F06DR80-1 and F06MR80-1 cards (of different line directions) can be interconnected to allow a configurable pass-through traffic between arbitrary line directions.

Fig. 31 F06DR80-1 and F06MR80-1 cards structure

Page 34: Hardware & Functionality - xa.yimg.comxa.yimg.com/.../name/04_FT22124EN03GLA0_hardware_functionality.… · Hardware & Functionality ... Installation and Test Manual ... SURPASS hiT

Hardware & Functionality

FT22124EN03GLA0

© 2011 Nokia Siemens Networks 34

2.2.3.6 F09DR80-1 and F09MR80-1

The F09DR80-1 and F09MR80-1 cards allow SURPASS hiT 7300 to support wavelength selective switching for building a multi-degree 80-channel PXC providing full access to 80 optical channels. The F09DR80-1 and F09MR80-1 cards include an integrated 1:9 (in the F09DR80-1) or 9:1 (in the F09MR80-1) PLC-WSS module, providing a remotely (via software) reconfigurable optical switching function per individual wavelength.

The F09DR80-1 card is used as a demultiplexer in an ONN-X80 (in a PXC architecture with nodal degree of up to 8). It includes a monitor diode at the input port for LOS detection and signaling via LSB and monitor diodes at the 9 outputs ports for overpower detection and signaling via LSBus.

The F09MR80-1 card is used as a multiplexer in an ONN-X80 (in an 8x8 PXC architecture) and in the ONN-R80.

TIP The F09DR80-1 and F09MR90-1 cards can be used as spares of the F06DR80-1 and F06MR80-1 cards, respectively.

The combination of both the F09DR80-1 and F09MR80-1 cards allows a higher extinction ratio and better reach when compared to a case where a combination of WSS and power splitter is used. This measure is of advantage for the narrow channel spacing.

Fig. 32 F09DR80-1 and F09MR80-1 cards structure

Page 35: Hardware & Functionality - xa.yimg.comxa.yimg.com/.../name/04_FT22124EN03GLA0_hardware_functionality.… · Hardware & Functionality ... Installation and Test Manual ... SURPASS hiT

Hardware & Functionality

FT22124EN03GLA0 © 2011 Nokia Siemens Networks

35

Fig. 33 F09DR80-1 and F09MR80-1 cards structure HW

Fig. 34 HW layout

Page 36: Hardware & Functionality - xa.yimg.comxa.yimg.com/.../name/04_FT22124EN03GLA0_hardware_functionality.… · Hardware & Functionality ... Installation and Test Manual ... SURPASS hiT

Hardware & Functionality

FT22124EN03GLA0

© 2011 Nokia Siemens Networks 36

2.2.3.7 F09MDR96-1

The F09MDR96-1 is a bidirectional tunable WSS card with colorless ports capable of multiplexing and demultiplexing up to 96 channels. Each card is constituted by two WSS modules for multiplexing and demultiplexing 9 channels on 50 GHz spacing.

Each card, in the demultiplexing WSS module, includes a monitor diode at the input port for LOS detection and signaling to laser safety bus and to Fault-Management. At each output port a monitor diode for overpower detection and signaling to controller and to laser safety bus.

The Multiplexing WSS has in each input port, monitors for Automatic Port Connection Detection (APDC), power level measurement and LOS detection.

Fig. 35 F09MDR96-1 card structure

Page 37: Hardware & Functionality - xa.yimg.comxa.yimg.com/.../name/04_FT22124EN03GLA0_hardware_functionality.… · Hardware & Functionality ... Installation and Test Manual ... SURPASS hiT

Hardware & Functionality

FT22124EN03GLA0 © 2011 Nokia Siemens Networks

37

2.2.3.8 O09CC-1 Optical Coupler Card

The O09CC-1 is a bidirectional card which implements a Bidirectional Splitter-Combiner for Colorless Add/Drop.

The multiplexer part is equipped with a 9:1 combiner. All inputs includes a monitor diode for LOS detection and signaling to laser safety bus and to Fault-Management. Demultiplexer part is equipped with a 1:9 splitter. Common input includes a monitor

diode for LOS detection and signaling to laser safety bus and to Fault-Management.

Fig. 36 O09CC-1 card structure

Page 38: Hardware & Functionality - xa.yimg.comxa.yimg.com/.../name/04_FT22124EN03GLA0_hardware_functionality.… · Hardware & Functionality ... Installation and Test Manual ... SURPASS hiT

Hardware & Functionality

FT22124EN03GLA0

© 2011 Nokia Siemens Networks 38

2.2.3.9 F80DCI Drop Splitter and Interleaver Card

The F80DCI cards is used in 80-channel ROADM NE's for demultiplexing of an 80-channel DWDM signal with 50 GHz spacing by de-interleaving into the corresponding 40-channel standard and offset frequency groups of 100 GHz spacing each.

The F80DCI card contains one optical 50GHz/100GHz interleaver filters, one LOS monitor for the received 80-channel line signal, and power level monitors for the outgoing 40-channel signals are used for laser safety control.

Fig. 37 F80DCI-1 card structure

Page 39: Hardware & Functionality - xa.yimg.comxa.yimg.com/.../name/04_FT22124EN03GLA0_hardware_functionality.… · Hardware & Functionality ... Installation and Test Manual ... SURPASS hiT

Hardware & Functionality

FT22124EN03GLA0 © 2011 Nokia Siemens Networks

39

2.2.3.10 F80MDI Interleaver Card

The F80MDI cards is used in 80-channel Terminal and OADM NE's for multiplexing/demultiplexing of an 80-channel DWDM signal with 50 GHz spacing by interleaving/de-interleaving the corresponding 40-channel standard and offset frequency groups of 100 GHz spacing each. The F80MDI card contains 2 optical 50GHz/100GHz interleaver filters, power level monitors for outgoing 40-channel signals are used for laser safety control. An auxiliary optical input is provided for later access to auxiliary laser light for transient suppression (future release) in combination with a monitor port for the 80-channel output signal.

F80MDI 1 card structure

Fig. 38 F80MDI-1 card structure

Fig. 39 HW layout

Page 40: Hardware & Functionality - xa.yimg.comxa.yimg.com/.../name/04_FT22124EN03GLA0_hardware_functionality.… · Hardware & Functionality ... Installation and Test Manual ... SURPASS hiT

Hardware & Functionality

FT22124EN03GLA0

© 2011 Nokia Siemens Networks 40

2.2.4 Applications of Wavelength-Selective Switch Cards

2.2.4.1 ONN-R with F40MR-1 - Wavelength-Selective Switch (WSS) Card

The F40MR card includes an integrated Planar Lightwave Circuit based wavelength selective switch (PLC-WSS) with low insertion loss, providing a remotely (via SW) reconfigurable optical switching function per individual wavelength.

The output DWDM signal towards the line interface (booster or booster-less interface) of the PLC-WSS is a DWDM signal resulting from multiplexing 40 optical channels which are individually selectable (via SW control) between the 40 incoming pass-through channels and the 40 local add channels. For each optical channel to be transmitted a VOA function and an optical power monitor diode are available. The input DWDM signal from the line interface (optical pre-amplifier) is optically splitted into pass-through traffic and local drop traffic, where the pass-through direction also provides an optical input power monitor for detection of loss-of-signal and laser safety control. The pass-through traffic ports are connected to the pass-through traffic ports of the F40MR card for the corresponding opposite line direction, thereby achieving East/West Reparability between the respective DWDM line directions.

The F40MR-1 card provides 45 front connectors within 23 duplex LC/PC connectors on the front panel for access to all optical ports, it occupies 3 slots (3x 30mm).

ROADM architecture for 40 channels, ONN-R

• Nodal degree 1..5, in-service upgrade from terminal to ROADM

• Alternatively: F02MR based on WSS technology can be used channel power monitors, and local add filters

• support of patch through on drop side to ROADM node in 2nd ring (ring interconnect)

Fig. 40 F40MR-1 - Wavelength-Selective Switch (WSS) Card

Page 41: Hardware & Functionality - xa.yimg.comxa.yimg.com/.../name/04_FT22124EN03GLA0_hardware_functionality.… · Hardware & Functionality ... Installation and Test Manual ... SURPASS hiT

Hardware & Functionality

FT22124EN03GLA0 © 2011 Nokia Siemens Networks

41

2.2.4.2 ONN-R2 with F02MR-1 - Wavelength-Selective Switch (WSS) Card

The F02MR is a cost optimized alternative to the F40MR card. It includes an integrated MEMS WSS based wavelength selective switch (MEMS-WSS) with low insertion loss, providing a remotely (via SW) reconfigurable optical switching function per individual wavelength. In the Tx path, the key component of this card is the integrated MEMS based 2:1 wavelength selective switch (MEMS-WSS) module, providing a remotely (via NMS) reconfigurable optical switching function per individual wavelength. The incoming signals of the cross-connect are switched with the WSS module on the common output which is followed by a booster amplifier. One of the inputs of the WSS is connected to the output of a mux filter where the local add channels are inserted.

In the RX path, the incoming signal from the pre-amplifier is launched into a 1x2 splitter with a 40/60 splitting ratio. At the higher output port, a demux filter (F40/S) can be connected for local drop traffic. The other port is the output of the cross-connect. At both inputs of the WSS and the C-COM port of the splitter, LOS monitors are used for supervision. Also a power monitor is present at the splitter drop output.

For internal use

ROADM architecture for 40 channels, ONN-R2

• Nodal degree 1..2, in-service upgrade from terminal to ROADM

• Alternatively: F40MR based on PLC technology can be used with integrated VOAs, channel power monitors, and local add filters

• East-west separation per design

• support of patch through on drop side to ROADM node in 2nd ring (ring interconnect)

Fig. 41 F02MR-1 - Wavelength-Selective Switch (WSS) Card

Page 42: Hardware & Functionality - xa.yimg.comxa.yimg.com/.../name/04_FT22124EN03GLA0_hardware_functionality.… · Hardware & Functionality ... Installation and Test Manual ... SURPASS hiT

Hardware & Functionality

FT22124EN03GLA0

© 2011 Nokia Siemens Networks 42

2.2.4.3 ONN-X with F08MR card 40-Channel Multi-Degree Wavelength-Selective Switch (MEMS-WSS)

The F08MR card which includes an integrated MEMS based 8:1 wavelength selective switch (MEMS-WSS) module, providing a remotely (via SW) reconfigurable optical switching function per individual wavelength.

The input DWDM signal from a line interface (optical pre-amplifier) is optically splitted into 7 cross-connect outputs and 1 local drop traffic output, where the drop output also provides an optical input power monitor for detection of loss-of-signal and laser safety control. The WSS module collects DWDM traffic from 7 other line ports and 1 local add traffic input and performs arbitrary pass-through switching for any wavelengths from any input of its 8 input ports towards its output port.

The internal cross-connect traffic ports from different F08MR cards (of different line directions) can be optically interconnected to allow for configurable pass-through traffic between arbitrary line directions.

The MEMS-WSS unit supports hitless wavelength switching for any unchanged optical channel interconnections.

For internal use

Photonic Cross Connect (PXC) for 40 channels

Amplifier

Splitter

Channel Filter

West(trunk 1)

East(trunk 2)

WDM trunk8 ports

100GHzWSS

local add

WDM trunk8 port

WDM trunk8 ports

WDM trunk8 ports

local drop

• PXC, supporting nodal degree 8

• one WSS for channels add and one splitter for channel drop per nodal degree

• fully remotely configurable

• east-west separation

• (only two degree shown in figure)

F08MRF08MR

F40/SF40/S

F40/S

Local drop

100GHzWSS

F40/S

Local add

Fig. 42 F08MR-1 - Wavelength-Selective Switch (WSS) Card

Page 43: Hardware & Functionality - xa.yimg.comxa.yimg.com/.../name/04_FT22124EN03GLA0_hardware_functionality.… · Hardware & Functionality ... Installation and Test Manual ... SURPASS hiT

Hardware & Functionality

FT22124EN03GLA0 © 2011 Nokia Siemens Networks

43

2.2.4.4 ONN-RT - The 8 or 16-Channel Metro Tunable ROADM with Multi-Degree Wavelength-Selective Switch (MEMS-WSS)

The F09MDRT-1/x is a bidirectional tunable WSS card. Each of the drop channels of the WSS is tunable and remotely configurable. I contains a 9x1 WSS with 100GHz spacing and a 9x1 coupler structure. In order to support 80 channel operation with 50GHz spacing, two cards are required with a /S and /O variant of the WSS card.

These two cards are operated in parallel using an interleaver and this combination supports a total of 2x8 channels of tunable add/drop.

For internal use

East(trunk 2)

West(trunk 1)

100GHzWSS

8ch/16ch Metro Tunable ROADM – 40/80 channels

Per ch VOA

100GHzWSS

Per ch VOA

• Each add/drop wavelength is tunable and remotely configurable

• Nodal degree 1..2 incl. in-service upgrade

• 80 channel via interleaver and 2x 8ch add/drop with off set grid card F09MDRT /O

F09MDRT

F09MDRT

Fig. 43 F09MDRT-1 - Wavelength-Selective Switch (WSS) Card used as ONN-RT

Page 44: Hardware & Functionality - xa.yimg.comxa.yimg.com/.../name/04_FT22124EN03GLA0_hardware_functionality.… · Hardware & Functionality ... Installation and Test Manual ... SURPASS hiT

Hardware & Functionality

FT22124EN03GLA0

© 2011 Nokia Siemens Networks 44

2.2.4.5 ONN-X with F0xDR80 and the F0xMR80 cards (80-Channel Multi-Degree Wavelength-Selective Switch (MEMS-WSS))

The F0xDR80 and the F0xMR80 cards each including an integrated MEMS based 1:6 (6:1) or 1:9 (9:1) wavelength selective switch (MEMS-WSS) module, providing a remotely (via SW) reconfigurable optical switching function per individual wavelength.

The input DWDM signal from a line interface (optical pre-amplifier) is switched per wavelength by the MEMS-WSS unit on the F0xDR80 card, either to any of cross-connect output ports or to one of the two local drop traffic ports, which are already divided into two 40-channel frequency groups of standard grid and offset grid, respectively, so that no further interleaver is needed. A LOS monitor for the input signal is provided for laser safety control at the line interface and each output port is also supervised for overpower detection to ensure laser safety of hazard level 1M.

The output DWDM signal to a line interface (optical booster) is created by the MEMS-WSS unit on the F0xMR80 card, which switches per wavelength from any of the cross-connect input signals or from one of the two local add traffic ports, which are already divided (by the feeding multiplexer cards, not shown in Figure) into two 40-channel frequency groups of standard grid and offset grid.

The internal cross-connect traffic ports from F0xDR80 and F0xMR80 cards (of different line directions) can be optically interconnected to allow for configurable pass-through traffic between arbitrary line directions.

The MEMS-WSS units support hitless wavelength switching for any unchanged optical channel interconnections.

Page 45: Hardware & Functionality - xa.yimg.comxa.yimg.com/.../name/04_FT22124EN03GLA0_hardware_functionality.… · Hardware & Functionality ... Installation and Test Manual ... SURPASS hiT

Hardware & Functionality

FT22124EN03GLA0 © 2011 Nokia Siemens Networks

45

For internal use

50GHzWSS

West(trunk 1)

East(trunk 2)

C

C

F06MR80

50GHzWSS

F40/S F40/O

F80DCI

F40/S F40/O F40V/O

F06MR80

F40V/S

F80DCI

F40V/OF40V/S

Splitter

Channel Filter

Interleaver

Amplifier

• Nodal degree 2, in-service upgrade from terminal to ROADM

• Power monitoring per channel via one MCP card

• East-west separation per design

Remotely configurable ROADM – 80 channels

Local drop Local drop Local add Local add

Local drop Local dropLocal add Local add

Fig. 44 F06MR80-1 - Wavelength-Selective Switch (WSS) Card used as ONN-R80

For internal use

WDM trunk 6 or 8

PXC with double WSS structure for 80 channels incl. local add drop

50GHzWSS

F0xMR80

50GHzWSS

F0xDR80

F0xDR80F0xMR80

50GHzWSS

50GHzWSS

WDM trunk 6 or 8 WDM trunk 6 or 8

WDM trunk 6 or 8

West(Trunk 1)

East(Trunk 2)

• Nodal degree 5 or 8, plus local add/drop

• Drop amplifiers (type LAS) for increased power budget and reach

• (only two directions shown in figure)

Local drop

F40/S F40/O

Local drop Local add

F40/S F40/O

Local add

F40/S F40V/OF40/S F40V/O

Local drop Local dropLocal add Local add

Amplifier

Channel Filter

Fig. 45 F0xMR80-1 and F0xDR80-1 - Wavelength-Selective Switch (WSS) Card

Page 46: Hardware & Functionality - xa.yimg.comxa.yimg.com/.../name/04_FT22124EN03GLA0_hardware_functionality.… · Hardware & Functionality ... Installation and Test Manual ... SURPASS hiT

Hardware & Functionality

FT22124EN03GLA0

© 2011 Nokia Siemens Networks 46

2.2.4.6 ONN-X96 with F09MDR96-1 cards (MEMS-WSS))

The F09MDR96-1 card include an integrated MEMS based 1:9 (9:1) wavelength selective switch (MEMS-WSS) module, providing a remotely (via SW) reconfigurable optical switching function per individual wavelength.

The input DWDM signal from a line interface (optical pre-amplifier) is switched per wavelength by the MEMS-WSS unit on the F09MDR96-1 card, either to any of cross-connect output ports or to one of the two local drop traffic ports, which are already divided into two 48-channel frequency groups of standard grid and offset grid, respectively, so that no further interleaver is needed. A LOS monitor for the input signal is provided for laser safety control at the line interface and each output port is also supervised for overpower detection to ensure laser safety of hazard level 1M.

The output DWDM signal to a line interface (optical booster) is created by the MEMS-WSS unit on the F09MDR96-1 card, which switches per wavelength from any of the cross-connect input signals or from one of the two local add traffic ports, which are already divided (by the feeding multiplexer cards, not shown in Figure) into two 48-channel frequency groups of standard grid and offset grid.

The internal cross-connect traffic ports from F09MDR96-1 cards (of different line directions) can be optically interconnected to allow for configurable pass-through traffic between arbitrary line directions.

The MEMS-WSS units support hitless wavelength switching for any unchanged optical channel interconnections.

Page 47: Hardware & Functionality - xa.yimg.comxa.yimg.com/.../name/04_FT22124EN03GLA0_hardware_functionality.… · Hardware & Functionality ... Installation and Test Manual ... SURPASS hiT

Hardware & Functionality

FT22124EN03GLA0 © 2011 Nokia Siemens Networks

47

For internal use

• Nodal degree 1 up to 8, in-service upgrade from terminal to PXC

• Power monitoring per channel MCP card

• East-west separation per design

Photonic cross connect PXC – 96 channels

LABBC

LABPC

LABPC

LABBC

Expresschannels

Expresschannels

OTSC

OTSCMCP

MCP

F09MDR96-1

WSS 9x1

WSS 9x1

F09MDR96-1

WSS 9x1

WSS 9x1

F48MDP-1/S F48MDP-1/O

Add/dropchannels

Add/drop

F48MDP-1/S F48MDP-1/O

Add/dropchannels

Add/drop

Fig. 46 F09MDR96-1 - Wavelength-Selective Switch (WSS) Card used as ONN-X96

For internal use

Directionless and colorless PXC – ONN-X96

LABBC

LABPC

LABPC

LABBC

Expresschannels

ExpresschannelsF09MDR96-1

WSS 9x1

WSS 9x1

F09MDR96-1

WSS 9x1

WSS 9x1

WSS 1x9F09MDR96-1

O09CC-1

WSS 9x1

WSS 9x1 F09MDR96

Add/drop channels Add/drop channels

WSS 1x9 WSS 9x1 F09MDR96

Add/drop channels Add/drop channels

WSS 1x9…

… to transponder cards – max. 81 wavelengths …

Fig. 47 F09MDR96-1 - Directionless and colorless PXC for 96 channels

Page 48: Hardware & Functionality - xa.yimg.comxa.yimg.com/.../name/04_FT22124EN03GLA0_hardware_functionality.… · Hardware & Functionality ... Installation and Test Manual ... SURPASS hiT

Hardware & Functionality

FT22124EN03GLA0

© 2011 Nokia Siemens Networks 48

2.3 Amplification scheme

2.3.1 EDFA amplifiers

The Line Amplifier (LA) cards provide the signal amplification by featuring a gain block with one or two pump lasers, inter-stage access for dispersion compensation, and digital gain control.

SURPASS hiT7300 offers various types of amplifier cards well suited for various network scenarios, depending on the required performance of the span. The amplifier design is multi-stage and modular. This allows for “application optimized” solutions and “cost optimized” choice of amplifiers. The modular amplifier design ensures the lowest possible CAPEX investment for each supported network scenario.

LA cards are divided in three types of amplification (inline, booster and preamplifier):

• Inline amplifiers contain an optical inline amplifier for C band and are used at inline sites for optical amplification of the signal. The output power of the cards can be increased by pump cards and Raman pump cards.

• Booster amplifiers contain an optical booster amplifier for C band and are used at terminal sites for amplifying the outgoing line signal. In one link direction, there is only one booster. The output power of these cards can be increased by pump cards.

• Pre-amplifiers contain an optical preamplifier for C band and are used at terminal sites for amplifying the incoming line signal before it is fed into the demultiplexing stage. In one link direction, there is only one preamplifier. The output power of the cards can be increased by pump cards and Raman pump cards.

Additionally, the various types of amplifiers can be categorized into 3 generic types:

• Line Amplifier Short Span (LASx)

• Line Amplifier Medium Span (LAMx)

• Line Amplifier Long Span (LALx)

• Line Amplifier Very Long Span (LAVx)

• Line Amplifier Broadband for 96 channels (LABx)

TIP All the amplifier cards also have internal bus connection for EOW, user channel access and APSD control functions.

Page 49: Hardware & Functionality - xa.yimg.comxa.yimg.com/.../name/04_FT22124EN03GLA0_hardware_functionality.… · Hardware & Functionality ... Installation and Test Manual ... SURPASS hiT

Hardware & Functionality

FT22124EN03GLA0 © 2011 Nokia Siemens Networks

49

The following table lists all the SURPASS hiT7300 EDFA Amplifier cards:

Card name Usage Types of amplification

LAVBC-1; LAVBCH-1 Very Long; OSC high power

Booster amplifier

(low noise figure)

LAVIC-2 Very Long Inline amplifier (low noise figure)

LALBC-1; LALBCH-1 Long; OSC high power Booster amplifier

LALIC-1 Long spans Inline amplifier

LALPC-1 Long spans Pre-amplifier

LAMIC-1 Medium spans Inline amplifier

LAMPC-1 Medium spans Pre-amplifier

LASBC-1 Short spans Booster amplifier

LIFB-1 Short spans Booster-less line interface card

LIFPB-1 Passive short span Amplifier-less line interface card

LABBC-1 Medium to Very Long spans (96 ch)

Booster amplifier

LABIC-1 Medium to Very Long spans (96 ch)

Inline amplifier

LABPC-1 Medium to Very Long spans (96 ch)

Pre-amplifier

Fig. 48 EDFA amplifiers

Page 50: Hardware & Functionality - xa.yimg.comxa.yimg.com/.../name/04_FT22124EN03GLA0_hardware_functionality.… · Hardware & Functionality ... Installation and Test Manual ... SURPASS hiT

Hardware & Functionality

FT22124EN03GLA0

© 2011 Nokia Siemens Networks 50

2.3.1.1 Line Amplifier for Short Span (LASBC)

The LASBC amplifier is an EDFA dual-stage amplifier card designed for short span applications without Interstage access. LASBC can be used as a booster amplifier in all ONN node types. The EDFA “Stage 1” is optimized for amplification of a low power signal and therefore for low noise amplification. With a Gain Flattening Filter (GFF) and an automatically controlled Variable Optical Attenuator (VOA) between EDFA stages 1 and 2, the excellent gain flatness is achieved over a wide range of gain settings.

An external monitor interface for connection to an Optical Spectrum Analyzer or the optical channel power monitor card is also available for external signal monitoring functions. The amplifier also has internal signal monitoring functions on the board. The OSC (Optical Supervisory Channel) termination is done locally on the card and control information is digitally forwarded into the main controller.

The EDFA “Stage 2” does the final amplification of the DWDM signal before it re-enters the fiber, allowing for maximum reach.

2.3.1.2 Line Amplifiers for Medium Span (LAMPC, LAMIC)

The LAMPC and LAMIC cards are dual-stage EDFA amplifier cards for medium span applications and provide an additional “Interstage” access port for dispersion compensation. The LAMPC can be used as a preamplifier card in all the ONN node types, and the LAMIC card can be used as an in-line amplifier card in the OLR nodes.

The interstage access points between each EDFA section allow for the addition of inline optical components to enhance the performance of the amplification process as well as the overall network performance. The interstage port can be optionally interconnected with either a Dispersion Compensation Fiber (DCF) or a Fiber Bragg Grating (FBG) card depending on type of fiber choice and dispersion compensation requirement of the network.

The EDFA “Stage 1” together with the Variable Optical Attenuator (VOA) provides moderate optical amplification so that the output signal level is appropriate for interconnection to a dispersion-compensating device interconnected at the interstage access port.

All the attenuation incurred by any interstage optical device is already calculated in the optical link budget and the “Stage 2” EDFA provides optimum amplification for the following span.

All other functions such as OSC extraction and insertion, internal and external signal monitoring and gain flattening filter are also available.

Page 51: Hardware & Functionality - xa.yimg.comxa.yimg.com/.../name/04_FT22124EN03GLA0_hardware_functionality.… · Hardware & Functionality ... Installation and Test Manual ... SURPASS hiT

Hardware & Functionality

FT22124EN03GLA0 © 2011 Nokia Siemens Networks

51

EDFAStage 1

EDFAStage 2

Variable Optical Attenuator ( VOA )

INPUT OUTPUT

Line Amplifier Short Span ( LASBC)

External Monitor

GFF

Int.Mon

OSC filter

Fig. 49 Line Amplifier for Short Span (LASBC)

EDFAStage 1

EDFAStage 2

Interstage access port:

Optional DCF or FBG

Variable Optical Attenuator ( VOA )

INPUT OUTPUT

Line Amplifier Medium Span (LAMPC, LAMIC)

External Monitor

GFF

Int.Mon

OSC filter

OSC filter

Fig. 50 Line Amplifiers for Medium Span (LAMPC, LAMIC)

Page 52: Hardware & Functionality - xa.yimg.comxa.yimg.com/.../name/04_FT22124EN03GLA0_hardware_functionality.… · Hardware & Functionality ... Installation and Test Manual ... SURPASS hiT

Hardware & Functionality

FT22124EN03GLA0

© 2011 Nokia Siemens Networks 52

2.3.1.3 Line Amplifiers Long and Very Long Span (LALBC, LALBCH, LALIC, LALPC , LAVBC and LAVIC)

The LALBC/LALIC/LALPC amplifier cards provide three-stage EDFA amplification for long span applications. The LALBC can be used as booster amplifier card, and the LALPC can be used as preamplifier card in all ONN node types, whereas the LALIC can be used as in-line amplifier in OLR nodes.

All LALxC cards provide all the features provided by LASBC and LAMxC cards and further provide “Stage 3” amplification with optional access to an external PUMP card for extra amplification in applications with very long spans and/or high number of optical channels.

The LALxC cards can also compensate for higher attenuation at their interstage access port, which is useful for cascading of dispersion compensation cards.

TIP The difference between LALBC and LALBCH is that LALBCH contains a high power OSC laser which provides for a maximum span loss of 50 dB at 1510nm OSC wavelength (corresponding to about 48.5 dB span attenuation of G.652 fiber within C-band).

The LAVBC and LAVIC amplifier cards are similar to the LALxC cards, but generate just a low noise figure.

2.3.1.4 Line Amplifiers for 96 channel system (LABBC, LABIC and LABPC)

The LABBC/LABIC/LABPC amplifier cards provide three-stage EDFA amplification for medium to very long span applications. The LABBC can be used as booster amplifier card, and the LABPC can be used as preamplifier card in all network elements supporting the 96 channel structure, whereas the LABIC can be used as in-line amplifier in OLR nodes.

TIP The LABxC amplifier do not support DCM modules. They where designed for the DCM free transmission and have due to this no interstage access.

Page 53: Hardware & Functionality - xa.yimg.comxa.yimg.com/.../name/04_FT22124EN03GLA0_hardware_functionality.… · Hardware & Functionality ... Installation and Test Manual ... SURPASS hiT

Hardware & Functionality

FT22124EN03GLA0 © 2011 Nokia Siemens Networks

53

Fig. 51 HW layout amplifier

Page 54: Hardware & Functionality - xa.yimg.comxa.yimg.com/.../name/04_FT22124EN03GLA0_hardware_functionality.… · Hardware & Functionality ... Installation and Test Manual ... SURPASS hiT

Hardware & Functionality

FT22124EN03GLA0

© 2011 Nokia Siemens Networks 54

2.3.1.5 Optical Amplifier Features

Optimum Amplifier Gain Setting and Fast Gain Control: Each hiT7300 amplifier is designed to have the optimum gain flatness over the entire wavelength spectrum for a particular value of total amplifier gain. In order to keep the EDFA's operating at a particular optimum gain, while allowing for a wide range of span losses, an automatically controlled VOA is used between the first and second stage of the amplifier.

A fast control loop (analogue and/or digital) is implemented to keep the gain value constant within the allowed range of overall system transient behavior. This ensures that even abrupt changes in the input signal power, such as those caused by channel losses, will not cause excessive bit errors or degradations in the individual channels.

EDFAStage 1

EDFAStage 3

Interstage Access Port:Optional DCF

or FBG

Stage 3Optional :Pump card

Variable Optical Attenuator ( VOA )

INPUT OUTPUT

Line Amplifier Long Span (LALBC, LALIC, LALPC)

External Monitor

GFF

Int.Mon

OSC filter

OSC filter

EDFAStage 2

Fig. 52 Line Amplifiers Long Span (LALBC, LALIC, LALPC)

Page 55: Hardware & Functionality - xa.yimg.comxa.yimg.com/.../name/04_FT22124EN03GLA0_hardware_functionality.… · Hardware & Functionality ... Installation and Test Manual ... SURPASS hiT

Hardware & Functionality

FT22124EN03GLA0 © 2011 Nokia Siemens Networks

55

Amplifier Output Power Control: Based on the number of channels equipped in the DWDM system and the required EDFA output power per channel, the total output power of an EDFA can be determined. This total EDFA output power is kept constant via a slow output power control loop, to compensate for degradations or fluctuations in the fiber attenuation. Hence, the typical physical changes in fiber properties (e.g. due to aging) will have no influence on ongoing system performance.

Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3

VOA DCM

Digital Gain Control (fast loop)

Digital Gain Control (fast loop)

Input Power

Output Power

Output Power Control (slow loop)

Output Power Control (slow loop)

Fig. 53 Optical Amplifier Features

Page 56: Hardware & Functionality - xa.yimg.comxa.yimg.com/.../name/04_FT22124EN03GLA0_hardware_functionality.… · Hardware & Functionality ... Installation and Test Manual ... SURPASS hiT

Hardware & Functionality

FT22124EN03GLA0

© 2011 Nokia Siemens Networks 56

2.3.2 Amplifier-less Line Interfaces (LIFB / LIFPB)

LIFB-1 card is a unidirectional booster-less line interface card for the transmit direction of a DWDM line interface; this card can replace a booster amplifier card (LASB) for short span applications.

LIFPB-1 card is a bidirectional amplifier-less line interface card for a DWDM line interface, this card can replace booster and pre-amplifier cards (LASB, LAMP) for passive short span applications.

The LIFB-1/LIFPB-1 cards provide the following functions:

• OSC termination (LIFB: only for Tx direction; LIFPB: for both Tx/Rx directions), in order to support all OSC functions (optical link control, EOW, user channels, etc.) as usual amplifier cards.

• Optical output monitor connector(s) for optical channel power monitoring either by an external optical spectrum analyzer (OSA) or the MCP4xx monitoring card (LIFB: only for Tx direction; LIFPB: for both Tx/Rx directions).

Page 57: Hardware & Functionality - xa.yimg.comxa.yimg.com/.../name/04_FT22124EN03GLA0_hardware_functionality.… · Hardware & Functionality ... Installation and Test Manual ... SURPASS hiT

Hardware & Functionality

FT22124EN03GLA0 © 2011 Nokia Siemens Networks

57

LIFB

Signal Tap

OSC Filter

Input Monitor

OSC Tx

MonSoSignal Tap

IN

OUT

LIFPB-1

Signal TapOSC Filter

Input Monitor OSC Tx

MonSo

Signal Tap

B-IN B-OUT

Signal TapOSC Filter

Input Monitor

OSC Rx

MonSo

Signal Tap

P-INP-OUT

Fig. 54 Amplifier-less Line Interface (LIFB and LIFPB)

Fig. 55 HW layout

Page 58: Hardware & Functionality - xa.yimg.comxa.yimg.com/.../name/04_FT22124EN03GLA0_hardware_functionality.… · Hardware & Functionality ... Installation and Test Manual ... SURPASS hiT

Hardware & Functionality

FT22124EN03GLA0

© 2011 Nokia Siemens Networks 58

2.3.3 Amplifier Pump Cards

To account for the variable optical conditions in backbone networks, such as different span lengths, fiber types and fiber properties, SURPASS hiT7300 has developed an external amplifier pump implementation. By equipping the external pump card PL-1 in combination with the LALx amplifier cards, a higher output power of these amplifiers can be achieved. By equipping the Raman pump card PRC-1 in combination (counter-directional) with the LALPC-1 pre-amplifier card or LALIC-1 in-line amplifier card, a higher gain can be achieved for the respective span.

2.3.3.1 External PUMP Card (PL-1)

The external pump card (PL-1) is used to increase the output power of the preamplifier, booster amplifier and inline amplifiers on the various amplifier cards. The PL-1 is an active card, which means it is equipped with its own card controller. It also contains an on-board EEPROM to store card inventory data that can be requested by the network management system.

Page 59: Hardware & Functionality - xa.yimg.comxa.yimg.com/.../name/04_FT22124EN03GLA0_hardware_functionality.… · Hardware & Functionality ... Installation and Test Manual ... SURPASS hiT

Hardware & Functionality

FT22124EN03GLA0 © 2011 Nokia Siemens Networks

59

EDFAStage 1

EDFAStage 3

Interstage Access Port for DCM

Stage 3Optional :

Variable Optical Attenuator ( VOA )

INPUT OUTPUT

Line Amplifier Long Span LALBC

External Monitor

GFF

Int.Mon

OSC filter

OSC filter

EDFAStage 2

PL-1

Polarization Beam

Combiner.

Laserdiodes

InternalMonitor

Fig. 56 External PUMP Card

Page 60: Hardware & Functionality - xa.yimg.comxa.yimg.com/.../name/04_FT22124EN03GLA0_hardware_functionality.… · Hardware & Functionality ... Installation and Test Manual ... SURPASS hiT

Hardware & Functionality

FT22124EN03GLA0

© 2011 Nokia Siemens Networks 60

2.3.4 Raman amplification

To extend the distances between NE's (high loss spans) SURPASS hiT7300 optionally employs Raman amplification.

The basis of Raman amplification is the energy scattering effect called Stimulated Raman Scattering (SRS), a non-linear effect inherent to the fiber itself. SRS involves a transfer of power from an optical pump signal at a higher frequency (lower wavelength) to one at a lower frequency (higher wavelength), due to inelastic collisions in the fiber medium. If on optical pump wavelength is launched backwards into the end of a transmission fiber it propagates upstream in the opposite direction of the optical traffic wavelength, this is called counterdirectional pumping. The pump wavelength induces the SRS effect resulting in amplification of the optical traffic wavelength. With a sufficient amount of pump wavelength power the optical traffic wavelength slowly starts to deviate from the usual linear decrease, reaches a minimum level and finally increases when approaching the fiber end The distributed Raman amplification process results in an improvement of the OSNR budget by several dB thereby allowing networks with very long transmission span in combination with optical booster and preamplifiers.

2.3.4.1 Raman Pump Card (PRC-x)

The following picture shows the simplified internal architecture of the Raman pump card (PRC-x). The pump signals from the Laser diodes are first multiplexed from two different wavelengths, and the multiplexed pump light is counterdirectionally coupled into the fiber carrying the received traffic signal. By appropriate power settings for the two pump wavelengths, a flat gain spectrum can be achieved for different fiber types. The pump laser power is controlled via external monitor diodes and the output power is set by software. All pump lasers are also temperature controlled to maintain their stability. Two optical monitor ports are provided, one monitors the Raman output power and the other one monitors the line power.

The Raman PUMP card is utilized together with the LALPC or LALIC amplifier card to increase the possible length of a span.

TIP The card PRC-1 is designed for the 40 and 80 channel system. The card PRC-2 is designed for the 96 channel system and has a broader channel spectrum which is amplified.

TIP For Automatic Power Shut Down (APSD) an on board detection of the OSC carrier frequency is designed. The OSC signal is scrambled to have enough carrier signal power to provide APSD function.

Due to the laser pumps and the complexity of the card, the PRC-x occupies two 30 mm slots of the shelf.

Page 61: Hardware & Functionality - xa.yimg.comxa.yimg.com/.../name/04_FT22124EN03GLA0_hardware_functionality.… · Hardware & Functionality ... Installation and Test Manual ... SURPASS hiT

Hardware & Functionality

FT22124EN03GLA0 © 2011 Nokia Siemens Networks

61

2

0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80-18

-16

-14

-12

-10

-8

-6

-4

-2

0

Route Length in km

Po

wer

in d

Bm

Signal

RPump EDFA

PumpLight

Fig. 57 Raman amplification

EDFAStage 1

Variable Optical Attenuator ( VOA )

INPUT

Line PreAmplifier Long Span LALPC

Int.Mon

OSC filter

OS

CM

on

ito

rL

og

ic U

nit

Raman Pump Amplifier Card

Lin

eM

on

ito

rR

Pu

mp

Mo

nit

or

Lin

eIN

PU

T

Lin

eO

utp

ut

Int.

AP

SD

WD

M(2

ch)

Co

ntr

oll

er

Pu

mp

ing

d

irec

tio

n

Fig. 58 Raman Pump Card (PRC-1)

Page 62: Hardware & Functionality - xa.yimg.comxa.yimg.com/.../name/04_FT22124EN03GLA0_hardware_functionality.… · Hardware & Functionality ... Installation and Test Manual ... SURPASS hiT

Hardware & Functionality

FT22124EN03GLA0

© 2011 Nokia Siemens Networks 62

2.3.4.2 EDFA & Raman hybrid amplifier cards (LRBIC-1 / LRBPC-1)

To simplify network management, the Raman pump card (PRC-2) and either the line amplifier card (LABIC-1) or the pre-amplifier card (LABPC-1) can be logically combined into a single card cluster, which offers the following:

• Combined LRBxC-1 (LABxC and PRC-2 card) supporting all features from LABxC-1 and PRC-2

• Implementation of Raman padding or Raman pump power control by LABxC

• Cards have to be placed in adjacent slots (future plans to have LABxC controlled as single card by the management system)

TIP For LRBIC-1 and LRBPC-1 cards technical specifications see the respective LABIC-1 and LABPC-1 cards and PRC-2 technical specifications.

Page 63: Hardware & Functionality - xa.yimg.comxa.yimg.com/.../name/04_FT22124EN03GLA0_hardware_functionality.… · Hardware & Functionality ... Installation and Test Manual ... SURPASS hiT

Hardware & Functionality

FT22124EN03GLA0 © 2011 Nokia Siemens Networks

63

• Combined LRBxC-1 (LABxC and PRC-2 card) supporting all features from LABxC-1 and PRC-2

• Implementation of Raman padding or Raman pump power control by LABxC• Cards have to be placed in adjacent slots (future plans to have LABxC controlled as single

card by the management system)

LA

BI C

-1

PR

C-2

LA

BP

C-1

PR

C-2

CF

SU

-1

CC

SP

-1M

CP

4

Super RamanPump

PRC-2

Preamplifier

Booster

PRC-2

LABI C-1

LABP C-1

Super Ramanpump

To simplify network management, the Raman pump card (PRC-2) and either the line amplifier card (LABIC-1) or the pre-amplifier card (LABPC-1) can be logically combined into a single card cluster , which offers the following:

LRBIC LRBPC

Fig. 59 Hybrid Amplifier Card (LRBxC-1)

Page 64: Hardware & Functionality - xa.yimg.comxa.yimg.com/.../name/04_FT22124EN03GLA0_hardware_functionality.… · Hardware & Functionality ... Installation and Test Manual ... SURPASS hiT

Hardware & Functionality

FT22124EN03GLA0

© 2011 Nokia Siemens Networks 64

2.4 Dispersion compensation scheme The chromatic dispersion has the effect of ‘spreading’ the signal spectrum so much that the inter-symbol interference no longer allows an accurate determination of a single ‘one’ bit or a single ‘zero’ bit. Dispersion compensation is used to counteract the chromatic dispersion which a signal undergoes as it travels through a section of optical fiber. Depending on the bit rate a system can tolerate a certain degree of dispersion; the rest has to be compensated for to avoid bit errors. This can be done in different ways, using pre- and post-compensation, so a kind of saw tooth profile results. The important fact is that the total allowable dispersion at the receive side is not exceeded.

2.4.1 Dispersion Compensation Cards

The DCM's (Dispersion Compensation modules) are utilizing either Fiber Bragg Gratings (FBG) or Dispersion Compensating Fiber (DCF). DCF is a spool of fiber with the opposite dispersion characteristics of the fiber used for signal transmission, hence ‘compressing’ the signal for better optical performance. FBG's are based on chirped fiber grating technology and offer smaller footprint, very low insertion loss, and lower nonlinear effects compared to DCF.

In hiT 7300 the DCM modules are in most cases integrated on DCM cards which are physically equipped in the hiT 7300 shelf as all other equipment and are managed by the NE controller. For special applications, where FBG-based DCMs are not available or cannot be used (e.g. for compensation of critical transmission lines with 40G channels or for 80-channel transmission lines), or for dispersion compensation of special fiber types, DCF-based external DCMs can be used which are mounted within a separate DCM shelf within the rack.

The front panel of a DCM cards contains two optical connectors, one input port of the DWDM signal before dispersion compensation and one for output port of the DWDM signal after dispersion compensation. The DCM input and output ports are connected to the interstage access port of an optical amplifier.

There are various DCM card types available for providing dispersion compensation of different lengths and types of transmission fibers. A certain DCM module on a DCM card is denoted by the card name.

TIP The strategy for choosing DCM's is highly system dependent and is influenced by the optical performance limiting effect. The implementation of the DCM strategy and the correct calculation of the required residual dispersion is a feature of the network design tool SURPASS TransNet. Both DCM types can be combined to achieve the optimum network performance and the lowest system cost.

Page 65: Hardware & Functionality - xa.yimg.comxa.yimg.com/.../name/04_FT22124EN03GLA0_hardware_functionality.… · Hardware & Functionality ... Installation and Test Manual ... SURPASS hiT

Hardware & Functionality

FT22124EN03GLA0 © 2011 Nokia Siemens Networks

65

0

Dis

per

sio

n

DistanceDCFDCF

DCF

DCFDmax

Fig. 60 Dispersion compensation scheme

DCF

Termination

Red

Blue

FBG

InOUT

Optical Circulator

FBG

OUT

In

Fiber Bragg Gratings

Dispersion Compensation Fiber

Dispersion Compensation Cards (DCF and FBG)

Fig. 61 Dispersion Compensation Cards

EDFAStage 1

EDFAStage 3

Interstage Access Port for DCM

Variable Optical Attenuator ( VOA )

INPUT OUTPUT

Line Amplifier Long Span LALBC

External Monitor

GFF

OSC filter

OSC filter

EDFAStage 2

DCF

OUTIn

Fig. 62 Example of DCM usage

Page 66: Hardware & Functionality - xa.yimg.comxa.yimg.com/.../name/04_FT22124EN03GLA0_hardware_functionality.… · Hardware & Functionality ... Installation and Test Manual ... SURPASS hiT

Hardware & Functionality

FT22124EN03GLA0

© 2011 Nokia Siemens Networks 66

Fig. 63 HW layout

Page 67: Hardware & Functionality - xa.yimg.comxa.yimg.com/.../name/04_FT22124EN03GLA0_hardware_functionality.… · Hardware & Functionality ... Installation and Test Manual ... SURPASS hiT

Hardware & Functionality

FT22124EN03GLA0 © 2011 Nokia Siemens Networks

67

2.5 Transponder, Muxponder, and Regenerator Functions

Each transponder or muxponder (=multiplexing transponder) converts one or several of its client signals of grey or CWDM wavelength into a colored line signal with specific DWDM wavelength according to the hiT7300 wavelength plan. Each transponder line interface provides an excellent span performance for regional as well as long haul networks by using optical DWDM modules with high dispersion tolerance in combination with FEC or SUPER-FEC ((SUPER-) Forward Error Correction). Each transponder/muxponder card can also support optical channel protection (OChP) for its line interface(s), which allows carrier-class survivability for its client services.

2.5.1 hiT7300 Transponder, Muxponder, and Regenerator Cards

The SURPASS hiT7300 transponder, muxponder, and regenerator cards offer a broad range of fully transparent data transmission services for various user applications. They are designed for interfacing to optical channels of data rate levels 2.5 Gb/s and 10 Gb/s within an Optical Transport Network (OTN) and support all the fault supervision and performance monitoring functions according ITU-T G.709.

TIP Note that SURPASS hiT7300 transponder cards can be used as integral part of SURPASS hiT7300 NE's, or alternatively for interworking with SURPASS hiT7500 or any other 3rd party DWDM equipment.

Page 68: Hardware & Functionality - xa.yimg.comxa.yimg.com/.../name/04_FT22124EN03GLA0_hardware_functionality.… · Hardware & Functionality ... Installation and Test Manual ... SURPASS hiT

Hardware & Functionality

FT22124EN03GLA0

© 2011 Nokia Siemens Networks 68

The following transponder card types are supported:

Card name

Typical Line bit

rate (Gbit/s)

Transport network

Error Correction

Type of hot-

pluggable modules

I04T2G5 2.50 Regio FEC SFP & DWDM-SFP

I01T10G 10.00 LHD/LH/Regio/Regio80/Metro FEC / S-FEC XFP

I08T10G 10.00 LHD/LH/Regio/Regio80/Metro FEC / S-FEC SFP

I04TQ10G 10.00 LHD/LH/Regio/Regio80/Metro FEC / S-FEC XFP

I05AD10G 10.00 Regio FEC SFP & DWDM-XFP

I22CE10G 10.00 LHD/LH/Regio/Regio80/Metro FEC / S-FEC SFP, SFP+, XFP

I01T40G 40.00 S-FEC ---

I01R40G 40.00 S-FEC ---

I04T40G 40.00 S-FEC XFP

Page 69: Hardware & Functionality - xa.yimg.comxa.yimg.com/.../name/04_FT22124EN03GLA0_hardware_functionality.… · Hardware & Functionality ... Installation and Test Manual ... SURPASS hiT

Hardware & Functionality

FT22124EN03GLA0 © 2011 Nokia Siemens Networks

69

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Fig. 64 Multipurpose Modular Transponder, Muxponder, and Regenerator Cards

Page 70: Hardware & Functionality - xa.yimg.comxa.yimg.com/.../name/04_FT22124EN03GLA0_hardware_functionality.… · Hardware & Functionality ... Installation and Test Manual ... SURPASS hiT

Hardware & Functionality

FT22124EN03GLA0

© 2011 Nokia Siemens Networks 70

The table on the next page gives an overview of the different transponder cards with their possible client interfaces.

For the 10G transponder/muxponder cards, the following optical variants of the 10G colored line interfaces are available on the respective card variant as denoted by the following suffixes:

• Metro: optimized for passive metro networks with 40 channels (up to 80 km reach) using fixed wavelength;

• Regio: optimized for regional networks (up to 600 km reach w/ optical amplifiers) with fixed wavelength;

• Regio80: optimized for regional networks with 40/80 channels (up to 600 km reach w/ optical amplifiers) using fixed wavelength;

• LH: optimized for long haul networks (up to 1600 km reach w/ optical amplifiers) with tunable wavelength;

• LHD: optimized for ultra long haul networks with 40/80 channels (up to 2000 km reach w/ optical amplifiers) using tunable wavelength, and with increased chromatic and polarization mode dispersion tolerance by MLSE (Maximum Likelihood Sequence Estimation) signal processing;

• LHS: optimized for long haul networks (up to 1600 km reach w/ optical amplifiers) via sea cable system with tunable wavelength;

• LHDS: optimized for ultra long haul networks with 40/80 channels (up to 2000 km reach w/ optical amplifiers) via sea cable system using tunable wavelength, and with increased chromatic and polarization mode dispersion tolerance by MLSE (Maximum Likelihood Sequence Estimation) signal processing;

• DPS: Modulation is DPSK: Differential Phase Shift Keying used by 40Gbit/s cards

• CQP: Modulation is CP-QPSK: Coherent Polarization Differential Quad Phase Shift Keying used by 40 Gbit/s cards for DCM free transmission.

• CQPS: like CQP but for sea cable application

Page 71: Hardware & Functionality - xa.yimg.comxa.yimg.com/.../name/04_FT22124EN03GLA0_hardware_functionality.… · Hardware & Functionality ... Installation and Test Manual ... SURPASS hiT

Hardware & Functionality

FT22124EN03GLA0 © 2011 Nokia Siemens Networks

71

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

For internal use

X

FC

-8G

X

FC

-10G

X

any-

rate 100M

-3.4G

X

X

ST

M-1

XXXI04TQ10G

XXI22CE10G

XXXI04T40G-1 (/CQP)

XXI01T40G-1 (/CQP)

XXXXI05AD10G

XXXI01T10G

XXXI08T10G

XXXXXI04T2G5

OT

U-3

OT

U-2

OT

U-1

FC

-4G

FC

-2G

FC

-1G

10 GE

1 GE

ST

M-256

ST

M-64

ST

M-16

ST

M-4

Overview of available Client Interfaces

• SAN services certification: IBM System Storage ProvenTM

Fig. 65 Transponder cards with possible line and client interfaces

Page 72: Hardware & Functionality - xa.yimg.comxa.yimg.com/.../name/04_FT22124EN03GLA0_hardware_functionality.… · Hardware & Functionality ... Installation and Test Manual ... SURPASS hiT

Hardware & Functionality

FT22124EN03GLA0

© 2011 Nokia Siemens Networks 72

2.5.1.1 I04T2G5-1 card

The 2.5G transponder/muxponder functionality is realized by the I04T2G5-1 card. The card provides the following traffic interfaces:

• 2 pluggable (SFP modules) DWDM line ports;

• 4 pluggable (SFP modules) client ports for the following client interface types: Up to 2x STM-16/OC-48, or up to 4x GE (1000Base-X/T), or up to 4x FC 1G, or up to 2x FC 2G, or up to 2x OTU-1 (w/o FEC).

All traffic ports are realized hot pluggable SFP modules which can be equipped depending on the specific traffic demands for this card, thus providing lowest CAPEX by a single card type for many different applications. For optical client ports, both uncolored and CWDM interfaces are supported.

The electrical and optical Gigabit Ethernet (GbE) SFP interfaces available for the client ports of the I04T2G5-1 card.

The card can be used as transponder/muxponder or as 3R-regenerator card, depending on its configuration.

In case the I04T2G5-1 operates as a transponder/muxponder card, the card offers access for 1 or 2 optical channels with OTU-1 standard data rate (2.67 Gb/s) and FEC acc. ITU-T G.709 at its line interfaces. The required wavelength, which has been determined by the TransNet planning tool, is realized by plugging the correct DWDM SFP module, which is verified by the NE’s controller function.

In case the I04T2G5-1 operates as a 3R-regenerator card, only the two line interface modules are equipped for bidirectional regeneration of an OTU-1 optical channel.

The 2 OTU-1 line interfaces can also be configured for optical channel protection.

The I04T2G5-1 transponder/muxponders implements standard compliant mapping schemes of all client signals types into an OTU-1 optical channel acc. ITU-T G.806 and G.709.

In case of Gigabit Ethernet (GE) or 1 Gigabit FiberChannel (FC-1G) client signals, 2 client signals are mapped into the OPU1 payload of an OTU-1 optical channel via GFP-T generic framing procedure and GFP-T frame multiplexing acc. ITU-T G.7041. This provides a fully transparent transmission of GE services at wire speed over the optical transport network and at the same time achieves efficient bandwidth utilization of the OTU1 optical channel. Mapping via GFP-T avoids any intermediate mapping into SDH/SONET layers and thus simplifies management of GE services. Fault supervision and performance monitoring are possible at OCh and Ethernet/FiberChannel layers for monitoring GE/FibreChannel traffic in both ingress and egress directions.

In case of an STM-16/OC-48 SDH/SONET client signal, one such client signal is mapped into an OPU1 payload of an OTU-1 optical channel acc. ITU-T G.709.

In case of an OTU-1 client signal (IrDI), the ODU1 optical data unit is transparently passed between client and line interface for providing a transparent optical channel including payload and ODU1 overhead.

Page 73: Hardware & Functionality - xa.yimg.comxa.yimg.com/.../name/04_FT22124EN03GLA0_hardware_functionality.… · Hardware & Functionality ... Installation and Test Manual ... SURPASS hiT

Hardware & Functionality

FT22124EN03GLA0 © 2011 Nokia Siemens Networks

73

For internal use

I04T2G5 universal 2.5G Mux/Transponder Card

Best-in-class flexibility: 4 different functionalities in one cardTransponder, Muxponder, Regenerator, Protection

muxponder 2 x FC-1G/GE/STM-1/OC3 w/ line IF protection

transponder 1 x STM16/OC48/FC-2G with line IF protection OTU-1 regenerator

muxponder 2 x(2 x FC 1G/GE/STM-1/OC3)

transponder 2 xSTM-16/OC48/FC-2G

Framing and mapping

Framing and mapping DWDMSFP

DWDMSFP

3RRegeneration

Optical ChannelProtection

I04T2G54 client interfaces

STM-1/OC-3 or

OTU-1 or

STM-16/OC-48 or

GE or

FC-1G or

FC-2G

DWDMSFP

DWDMSFP

DWDMSFP

DWDMSFP

2 line interfaces

OTU-1

OTU-1

Fig. 66 2.5G Transponder/Muxponder/Regenerator Card I04T2G5

For internal use

I04T2G5 Universal 2.5G Mux/Transponder CardMapping of client signals

GFP-T

OChrOTU1OPU1

OChrOTU1OPU1

OTU1

OTU1

ODU1

ODU1

GFP-T

GFP-T

GFP-T

GFPMX/DX

OChr

OChr

asyn.

asyn.

asyn.

OTU-1(w/o FEC)

2.6660514 Gb/s

2.6660514 Gb/s

2.6660514 Gb/s

2.6660514 Gb/s

Line IFClient IF

GE, FC-1G, STM-11.25 Gb/s, 1.0625 Gb/s,

155 Mb/s

GE, FC-1G, STM-11.25 Gb/s, 1.0625 Gb/s,

155 Mb/s

FC-2G2.125 Gb/s

STM16 / OC482.488320 Gb/s

OTU-12.6660514 Gb/s

(a)

(b)

(c)

(d)

• (a) 2xGE, or 2xFC-1G, or 2xSTM1, or any mixture mapped into one OTU1

• (d) client side GCC0 support in-line management of connected remote NT

• direct mapping into OTU („Ethernet over DWDM“) without intermediate SDH/SONET mapping simplifies management

• Line interface with FEC, client interface w/o FEC

• support of jumbo frames of any size

Fig. 67 Example of mapping Schemes of Client Signals to OTU-1 Optical Channel

Page 74: Hardware & Functionality - xa.yimg.comxa.yimg.com/.../name/04_FT22124EN03GLA0_hardware_functionality.… · Hardware & Functionality ... Installation and Test Manual ... SURPASS hiT

Hardware & Functionality

FT22124EN03GLA0

© 2011 Nokia Siemens Networks 74

2.5.1.2 I01T10G-1 card

The 10G transponder functionality is realized by the I01T10G/LHD/LH/Regio/ Regio80/Metro cards. Each I01T10G-1 card generates and terminates an optical channel of a wavelength appropriate for DWDM transmission. The exact wavelength is controlled via a tunable transmit laser, (only available in the I01T10G-1 LH(S) and I01T10G-1 LHD card). The S-FEC feature allows longer span distances.

The I01T10G-1 LH card is equipped with a Mach Zehnder Modulator (MZM), temperature-controlled and wavelength tunable laser, with wavelength accuracy suitable for 50 GHz and 100 GHz DWDM channel spacing.

The I01T10G-1 LHD card can handle a higher dispersion and a higher PMD load, by using a Maximum Likelihood Sequence Estimator (MSLE).

The optical 10 Gbit/s client interfaces of the I01T10G-1 Regio/LH(S)/LHD card are equipped with one hot-pluggable 10 Gigabit Small Form Factor Pluggable (XFP) module mounted on the front panel of the card. The XFP module, like the SFP, performs the optical/ electrical conversion in both signal directions.

The card can also be used as a 3R-regenerator by back-to-back configuration of two I01T10G via the OTU-2 clients.

The I01T10G-1 transponder implements a standard compliant mapping scheme for STM64/OC192 signals into an OTU-2V optical channel acc. acc. ITU-T G.806 and G.709.

Since a standard 10 Gigabit Ethernet (10GE) LAN signal does not fit into the transport capacity of a standard OPU2 payload, the OPU2 transport capacity is increased using also OPU2 stuffing bytes for payload mapping and slightly increasing the OPU2/OTU2 data rate; by this means the 10GE LAN signal can be transparently transmitted at wire speed over the optical transport network. Fault supervision and performance monitoring are possible at OCh and Ethernet layers for monitoring 10GE traffic in both ingress and egress directions.

The SUPER-FEC scheme in combination with dispersion tolerant optical receiver provides an excellent dispersion tolerance for regional and long haul applications.

Page 75: Hardware & Functionality - xa.yimg.comxa.yimg.com/.../name/04_FT22124EN03GLA0_hardware_functionality.… · Hardware & Functionality ... Installation and Test Manual ... SURPASS hiT

Hardware & Functionality

FT22124EN03GLA0 © 2011 Nokia Siemens Networks

75

For internal use

I01T10G OTU2 Transponder Card

10 Gb/s Transponder with full OTU-2 support

Super-FEC on line side with 8 dB coding gain

Multiple services supported service assignment for client ports– STM-64 / OC-192

– Fully transparent 10 Gigabit Ethernet

– OTU-2

One board type can be equipped for Long Haul (full C Band tunable laser), Regio and Metro (fixed laser) applications

CD-tolerant version (for special fiber types) with +- 1500ps/nm @ 2dB penalty

Client interfaces

1 x OTU-2 or

1 x STM-64/OC-192 or

1 x 10 GE LAN PHY or

1 x 10 GE WAN PHY

Line interface

1 x OTU-2(V)XFP

Line MSA

(LH and Regio)

OTU-2 Framerand Mapper

I01T10G

Fig. 68 10G Transponder Card I01T10G

For internal use

I01T10G OTU2 Transponder CardMapping of client signals

• Standard FEC or Super FEC configurable for the Line IF

• (b) (e) OPU1e mapping mode acc. G.Sup43, utilizing OPU2 stuffing bytes and increased OTU2 data rate

• (c) (f) OPU2e mapping mode, not utilizing OPU2 stuffing bytes but increased OTU2 data rate

• (d) (e) (f) Client side Std. FEC support direct client side interconnect to WDM system

• (d) (e) (f) client side GCC0 support in-line management of connected remote NT

• support of jumbo frames of any size

OTU2(V)Standard FEC(SUPER-FEC)

ODU2 OChnOTU2Std. FEC

10.709225 Gb/s

(11.00320 Gb/s)

OTU2

10.7092253 Gb/s

OTU2(V)Standard FEC(SUPER-FEC)

ODU2 OChnOTU2VStd. FEC

11.049107 Gb/s

(11.352416 Gb/s)

OTU2V11.049107 Gb/s

10GE LAN w/OPU1e mapping

OTU2(V)Standard FEC(SUPER-FEC)

ODU2 OChnOTU2VStd. FEC

11.095728 Gb/s

(11.400316 Gb/s,

only on LHD)

OTU2V11.0957278 Gb/s

10GE LAN PHY w/ OPU2e mapping

OTU2(V)Standard FEC(SUPER-FEC)

ODU2 OChrOPU2 10.709225 Gb/s(11.00320 Gb/s)

STM64 / OC192 /10GbE WAN

9.953280 Gb/s

asyn.

OTU2(V)Standard FEC(SUPER-FEC)

ODU2 OChnOPU2OPU1e

mapping

11.049107 Gb/s,(11.352416 Gb/s)

10GbE LAN

10.3125 Gb/s

syn.

Line IFClient IF

OTU2(V)Standard FEC(SUPER-FEC)

ODU2 OChnOTU2

OPU2e mapping

11.095728 Gb/s(11.400316 Gb/s,

only on LHD)

10GbE LAN

10.3125 Gb/s

syn.

Fig. 69 Mapping of 10G Transponder Card I01T10G

Page 76: Hardware & Functionality - xa.yimg.comxa.yimg.com/.../name/04_FT22124EN03GLA0_hardware_functionality.… · Hardware & Functionality ... Installation and Test Manual ... SURPASS hiT

Hardware & Functionality

FT22124EN03GLA0

© 2011 Nokia Siemens Networks 76

2.5.1.3 I08T10G-1 Card

The 10G muxponder functionality is realized by the I08T10G/ LHD/LH/Regio/Regio80/Metro cards.

The card provides the following traffic interfaces:

• 1 DWDM line port with tunable wavelength long haul interface for I08T10G/LH and I08T10G/LHD, where LHD refers to a specific card variant with high dispersion tolerance and S stands for see cable application, or fixed wavelength regional interface for I08T10G/Regio card type;

• 8 pluggable (SFP modules) client port for the following client interface types:

4x STM-16/OC-48, or

8x GE (1000Base-X/T), or

4x OTU-1 (w/o FEC).

TIP Also mixed client interfaces are possible, different client interfaces can be chosen per individual ODU1 data unit within the aggregate ODU2 data.

The client traffic ports are realized as hot pluggable SFP module which can be equipped depending on the specific traffic demands for this card, thus providing lowest CAPEX by a single card type for many different applications. For optical client ports, both uncolored and CWDM interfaces are supported.

The SUPER-FEC scheme in combination with dispersion tolerant optical receiver provides an excellent dispersion tolerance for regional and long haul applications.

The I08T10G-1 transponder implements a standard compliant mapping scheme of all client signals into an OTU-2V optical channel acc. acc. ITU-T G.806 and G.709.

In case of Gigabit Ethernet (GE) client signals, 2 client signals are mapped into the OPU1 payload of an ODU1 data unit via GFP-T generic framing procedure and GFP-T frame multiplexing acc. ITU-T G.7041. This provides a fully transparent transmission of GE services at wire speed over the optical transport network and at the same time achieves efficient bandwidth utilization of the OTU1 optical channel. Mapping via GFP-T avoids any intermediate mapping into SDH/SONET layers and thus simplifies management of GE services. Fault supervision and performance monitoring are possible at OCh, STM16/OC48 and Ethernet layers for monitoring client traffic in both ingress and egress directions.

In case of an STM-16/OC-48 SDH/SONET client signal, one such client signal is mapped into an OPU1 payload of an ODU1 data unit acc. ITU-T G.709.

In case of an OTU-1 client signal (IrDI), the ODU1 optical data unit is transparently passed between client and aggregate line interface for providing a transparent optical channel including payload and ODU1 overhead.

Page 77: Hardware & Functionality - xa.yimg.comxa.yimg.com/.../name/04_FT22124EN03GLA0_hardware_functionality.… · Hardware & Functionality ... Installation and Test Manual ... SURPASS hiT

Hardware & Functionality

FT22124EN03GLA0 © 2011 Nokia Siemens Networks

77

For internal use

I08T10G Muxponder card with 10G Line

• 10G muxponder with full ODU-2 support

• 8 SFP grey/C/DWDM clients:

• 4x STM-16/OC-48, or

• 8x GE (1000Base-X/T), or

• 4x OTU-1 (w/o FEC)

• Super-FEC on line side with 8 dB coding gain

• One board type can be equipped for Long Haul (full C Band tunable laser), Regio and Metro (fixed laser) applications

• CD-tolerant version (for special fiber types) with +- 1500ps/nm @ 2dB penalty

Client interfaces

4 x OTU-1or

4 x STM-16/OC-48 or

8 x GE

Line interfaces

1 x OTU-2

(DWDM) SFP

(DWDM) SFP

(DWDM) SFP

(DWDM) SFP

(DWDM) SFP

(DWDM) SFP

(DWDM) SFP

(DWDM) SFP

I08T10G

OTU-2 Framerand Mapper

Line MSA

(fixed or tunable)

Fig. 70 10G Muxponder Card I08T10G

For internal use

I08T10G Muxponder card with 10G LineMapping of client signals

ODU1OPU1 ODTU12STM16CBR

10.709225 Gb/sw/ Std. FEC

11.00320 Gb/sw/ Super FEC

STM-16/OC-482.488320 Gb/s

asyn.

Line IF

Client IF

asyn.

ODU2OPU2 OTU2VODTUG2 OChr

K x

ODU1OTU1(w/o FEC)

ODTU12asyn. L x

ODU1OPU1 ODTU12asyn. M x

GFP-T

GFPMX/DX

GFP-T

OTU12.6660514 Gb/s

GbE1.25 Gb/s

GbE1.25 Gb/s

asyn.

K+L+M ≤ 4

• Standard FEC or Super FEC configurable for the Line IF

• (b) OTU1 framed client format fully compatible with I04T2G5 OTU1 signal (direct interconnect supported)

• (b) client side GCC0 support in-line management of connected remote NT

• (c) GFP-T framing for wire speed transmission of GE clients

• (c) GE clients are directly mapped into OTU („Ethernet over DWDM“) without intermediate SDH/SONET mapping to simplify management

Fig. 71 Mapping of 10G Muxponder Card I08T10G

Page 78: Hardware & Functionality - xa.yimg.comxa.yimg.com/.../name/04_FT22124EN03GLA0_hardware_functionality.… · Hardware & Functionality ... Installation and Test Manual ... SURPASS hiT

Hardware & Functionality

FT22124EN03GLA0

© 2011 Nokia Siemens Networks 78

Page 79: Hardware & Functionality - xa.yimg.comxa.yimg.com/.../name/04_FT22124EN03GLA0_hardware_functionality.… · Hardware & Functionality ... Installation and Test Manual ... SURPASS hiT

Hardware & Functionality

FT22124EN03GLA0 © 2011 Nokia Siemens Networks

79

For internal use

Transponder Cards

Fig. 72 Transponder HW layout

Page 80: Hardware & Functionality - xa.yimg.comxa.yimg.com/.../name/04_FT22124EN03GLA0_hardware_functionality.… · Hardware & Functionality ... Installation and Test Manual ... SURPASS hiT

Hardware & Functionality

FT22124EN03GLA0

© 2011 Nokia Siemens Networks 80

2.5.1.4 I05AD10G-1 Card

With the release R4.2x, SURPASS hiT 7300 supports a new type of multiplexing transponder card which allows an easy and efficient implementation of multi-service aggregation and distribution networks for various lower rate data services, which is required in typical backhaul applications within mobile networks and DSL provider networks. The I05AD10G card performs time division multiplexing of different client data services in combination with add/drop functionality into colored 10G optical channel signals for direct transmission over metro and regional DWDM networks. This 1-slot card has a total capacity of 9xGE or 2x 4G FC per OTU-2 channel. See following Figure for a simplified block diagram of this card. The card is also referred to as ‘ADM on a blade’.

Line Interfaces: 2 pluggable (XFP modules) DWDM line ports for interface type:

• 2x OTU-2 (w/ standard FEC);

available as Regio or Metro type depending on optical reach requirements. For special applications, also grey (non-colored) C/DWDM XFPs can be equipped. At the network (line) side the card offers access for 1 or 2 optical DWDM channels with OTU-2 standard data rate (10.7 Gb/s) and FEC acc. ITU-T G.709. The required wavelength is realized by plugging the correct DWDM XFP module, which is verified by the NE’s controller function. The 2 OTU-2 line interfaces can also be configured for optical channel protection (OChP, see Chapter 4) with respect to the individual multiplexed client services. In R4.30, the O02CSP-1 can be used for line side protection.

Client Interfaces: 5 pluggable (SFP modules) client ports for the following client interface types individually:

• up to 5x GE (1000Base-X/-T), or

• up to 4x FC/FICON 4G

• STM-1/OC3, STM4/OC12 or STM16/OC48 (new in 4.30)

• Anyrate muxponder / ADM (100 Mbit/s – 3.4 Gbit/s, free mix with other clients), new in 4.30

Also mixed client interface (e.g. 1x FC-4G +4x GE; 2x FC4G + 3x GE, 3x FC-4G + 2x GE) are possible.

All traffic ports are realized as hot pluggable SFP/XFP modules which can be equipped depending on the specific traffic demands for this card, thus providing lowest CAPEX by a single card type for many different applications.

Page 81: Hardware & Functionality - xa.yimg.comxa.yimg.com/.../name/04_FT22124EN03GLA0_hardware_functionality.… · Hardware & Functionality ... Installation and Test Manual ... SURPASS hiT

Hardware & Functionality

FT22124EN03GLA0 © 2011 Nokia Siemens Networks

81

For internal use

I05AD10G Multi-service Add-drop Multiplexer (ADM)

• Add/Drop Multiplexer (ADM) with dual Muxponder application• grey/C/DWDM XFP based line ports• grey/C/DWDM SFP based client ports for the following client interface types

• up to 5x GE (1000Base-X/-T), STM-1/OC-3*, STM-4/OC-12*, • up to 4x FC-4G / FICON 4G, STM-16/OC-48*• mixed client interfaces • Anyrate clients (100 Mbit/s – 3.4 Gbit/s, free mix with other clients)*

• Direct optical connection of I05AD10G to I01T10G, I04TQ10G and I04T40G

• 1 slot card, Total capacity per OTU-2: 9xGE or 2x 4G FC

• GFP Channel Protection via second line port

• Drop & Continue / Broadcast Function * Rel.4.3

DWDM XFP

DWDM XFP

(DWDM) SFP

(DWDM) SFP

(DWDM) SFP

(DWDM) SFP

Client interfaces: GE,

STM-1/OC-3*, STM-4/OC-12*,

FC-4G, STM-16/OC-48*,

anyrate*(DWDM) SFP

GFP-T MapperAdd/Drop Switch

2 line interfaces

OTU-2

OTU-2

Fig. 73 10G Multiservice Add-drop Multiplexer Card I05AD10G

I05AD10G Multi-service Add-drop Multiplexer (ADM)

• Standard FEC on the OTU2 line IF• GFP-T framing for wire speed transmission of GE clients (L2 functionality handled

by I22CE10G)• GE clients are directly mapped into OTU („Ethernet over DWDM“) without

intermediate SDH/SONET mapping to simplify management

10.709225 Gb/sw/ Std. FEC

Line IF

ODU2OPU2 OTU2

GFP-T

GFPMX/DX

GFP-T

GbE1.25 Gb/s

FC-4G/FICON-4G4.25 Gb/s

asyn.OChr

Client IF(a)

Fig. 74 Mapping of 10G Multiservice Add-drop card I05AD10G

Page 82: Hardware & Functionality - xa.yimg.comxa.yimg.com/.../name/04_FT22124EN03GLA0_hardware_functionality.… · Hardware & Functionality ... Installation and Test Manual ... SURPASS hiT

Hardware & Functionality

FT22124EN03GLA0

© 2011 Nokia Siemens Networks 82

2.5.1.5 I04TQ10G-1 Card

The I04TQ10G-1 offers in a high degree of flexibility in 10G planning by supporting various application scenarios. The module can be operated as a quad transponder with 4 independent transponders and many different clients, the following configurations are possible:

• 4x independent transponders with any mix of clients

• 2x transponders with channel protection

General properties:

• Up to 8 interfaces total, 4 line and 4 client interfaces, operated with 6 XFPs and 2 SFP+

• Up to 2 client XFPs configurable for line side, SFP+ for client only

• Pluggable modules supported (XFP for line, SFP+ for client)

• 1 slot card width, either in standard or flatpack shelf

• Interface can be sub-equipped

Line side functionality:

Reach up to 1000km can be achieved with pluggable XFPs for Regio (fixed or tuneable wavelengths) and ULH (future). 40 or 80 channel capacity can be achieved. The OTU2V interface with 10% overhead for SFEC is available or the OTU2 interface with standard FEC. Also, support of GCC0 for management purposes.

Client side functionality:

• 10 GE LAN PHY – GFP-F mapping

• 10 GE LAN PHY – Semi-transparent GFP-F (AMCC) mapping

• STM-64/OC-192/10GE WAN PHY

• OTU2 with standard FEC, GCC0, TCM

• FC 8G (8.5GBit/s), for SFP+ only

• FC 10G (10.51875 GBit/s)

Page 83: Hardware & Functionality - xa.yimg.comxa.yimg.com/.../name/04_FT22124EN03GLA0_hardware_functionality.… · Hardware & Functionality ... Installation and Test Manual ... SURPASS hiT

Hardware & Functionality

FT22124EN03GLA0 © 2011 Nokia Siemens Networks

83

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

For internal use

I04TQ10G: Quadruple 10G transponder

• Line side with fixed or tunable WDM XFP (40ch / 80ch option)• Approximately 1000 km reach• Power consumption of < 20 Watt per 10G service• 80 wavelength terminal in 2 shelves• Double regenerator functionality (client XFPs as line XFPs for this mode)• Prepared for internal channel protection (>4.30)

DWDM XFP

DWDM XFP

SFP+

XFP

XFP4 client interfaces

- STM-64, OC-192- 10 GE WAN PHY- 10 GE LAN PHY- OTU2- FC 8G, 10G

SFP+

GFP-T Mapper

4 line interfaces

OTU-2

OTU-2

1-slot card

DWDM XFP

DWDM XFP

OTU-2

OTU-2

Fig. 75 10G Muxponder Card I04TQ10G

Page 84: Hardware & Functionality - xa.yimg.comxa.yimg.com/.../name/04_FT22124EN03GLA0_hardware_functionality.… · Hardware & Functionality ... Installation and Test Manual ... SURPASS hiT

Hardware & Functionality

FT22124EN03GLA0

© 2011 Nokia Siemens Networks 84

2.5.1.6 I22CE10G-1 Card

The I22CE10G provides a very compact carrier Ethernet switch device, fully integrated within the hiT7300 DWDM platform for Packet Optical Transport. Starting from R 4.30, this I22CE10G traffic card is used for Carrier Ethernet Switch types and provides L2 functions, services and interfaces. Extended switching capacity can be achieved by stacking the card.

General benefits:

• The use in hiT7300 enables integrated CE over WDM

• Saving floor space, no extra rack and equipment is required

• Handling of DWDM and carrier Ethernet switch functionality with one single network management system for simplified operation and trouble shooting

This interface card offers 22 Carrier Ethernet (CE) ports. Four of the 10 GbE ports can be configured as DWDM ports (OTU2) with 10G transmission. The Ethernet switching capacity is 76G (California count 152G).It offers enhanced L2 processing for 1GE and 10GbE client services. Note that in hiT7300 the usage of carrier Ethernet transport (CET) is also possible with the existing transponders and muxponder cards but only the I22CE10G supports the statistical multiplex gain through switching of multiple Ethernet ports to and from OTN interfaces. The T-level slide sets contain more examples on the various applications for the L2 card, including switch stacking, service aggregation.

Line interfaces:

• 4x hybrid (grey/tunable) DWDM XFP based line ports

• 10GE over OTU-2 with Standard FEC, or 10GE interface configurable

• 1010GE mapping into OTU-2 acc. G.709, standard G.709 FEC or Super-FEC for enhanced reach

• Line interfaces also configurable as client interfaces

Client interfaces: Client module: Several client interfaces (SFP for 1GbE, SFP+ for 10GbE), 10GbE PHY for 10GbE interfaces, Client CPLD for SFP/SFP+, LED handling

• up to 22 client ports possible in flexible configuration

• 16x 1GE and 2x 10GE client interfaces (up to 4 additional 10GE can be configured from line ports)

• Any port usable as UNI or NNI

Page 85: Hardware & Functionality - xa.yimg.comxa.yimg.com/.../name/04_FT22124EN03GLA0_hardware_functionality.… · Hardware & Functionality ... Installation and Test Manual ... SURPASS hiT

Hardware & Functionality

FT22124EN03GLA0 © 2011 Nokia Siemens Networks

85

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

For internal use

Metro CET Ethernet switch I22CE10G

DWDM XFP

SFP+

DWDM SFP

DWDM SFPClient interface:

16 x GE and

2 x 10GE (+hybrid IFs)

76G Ethernet switch capacity (California Count 152G) Card protection option and ext. switching capacity via stacking of L2 cards 4x hybrid OTU-2 / 10GE interfaces (configurable trunk or client) 16x 1GE and 2x 10GE client interfaces, statistical multiplex Line interfaces are 10GE mapped into OTU-2 with (Super)-FEC Support for connection oriented Ethernet Extended VLAN support L2 MPLS support (R4.4) E-LINE and E-LAN services acc. MEF-6

2 slot card

SFP+

DWDM XFP

DWDM XFP

DWDM XFP

16x…

2x…

4 line interfaces

OTU-2or

10GE

(opt. configurable

as client IF)

Fig. 76 L2 Switch card I22CE10G

Page 86: Hardware & Functionality - xa.yimg.comxa.yimg.com/.../name/04_FT22124EN03GLA0_hardware_functionality.… · Hardware & Functionality ... Installation and Test Manual ... SURPASS hiT

Hardware & Functionality

FT22124EN03GLA0

© 2011 Nokia Siemens Networks 86

2.5.1.7 I0xT40G Card

With release R4.25 SURPASS hiT 7300 supports the new 40G transponder cards

• I01T40G 40Gbit/s on client interface

• I04T40G 4x 10Gbit/s on client interface

• I01R40G 40Gbit/s unidirectional regenerator card

• I02R40G-2/CQP 40Gbit/s bidirectional regenerator card for CP-QPSK

From these cards there are different sub types:

• I0xT40G-1/DP DPSK modulation

• I0xT40G-1/DPS DPSK modulation for sea cable

• I0xT40G-1/CQP CP-QPSK modulation

• I01T40G-2/CQP-I CP-QPSK modulation with intra office (2km) client interface

• I01T40G-2/CQPS-I CP-QPSK modulation for sea cable with intra office (2km) client interface

• I01T40G-2/CQP-S CP-QPSK modulation with short reach (10km) client interface

• I01T40G-2/CQPS-I CP-QPSK modulation for sea cable with short reach (10km) client interface

The 40G cards which are fully integrated within the hiT 7300 mechanical shelf and rack solution and which is fully managed by the hiT 7300 NE controller. In R4.30, line protection with the new O02CSP-1 card is introduced.

These cards use on the line interface OTU3v with Super-FEC.

The I01T40G card provides the following traffic interfaces:

• 1x STM-258/OC-768, or

• 1x OTU-3 (w/ standard FEC insertion)

The I04T40G card provides the following traffic interface:

• 4x STM-64/OC-192, or

• 4x 10GE (10GBASE-R/-W, GBE LAN semitransparent), or

• 4x OTU-2 (w/ standard FEC insertion)

• Arbitrary mix of service types on client

Page 87: Hardware & Functionality - xa.yimg.comxa.yimg.com/.../name/04_FT22124EN03GLA0_hardware_functionality.… · Hardware & Functionality ... Installation and Test Manual ... SURPASS hiT

Hardware & Functionality

FT22124EN03GLA0 © 2011 Nokia Siemens Networks

87

I01T40G-140G Transponder Card

• 40 Gb/s Transponder with OTU-3 support • Adaptive DPSK modulation format, full C band tunable laser• Integrated dispersion compensation unit and pre-amplifier • Optional external polarization mode dispersion (PMD) compensator• Super Forward Error Correction (Super-FEC) on line side, appr. 8dB coding gain• Services supported

•STM-256 / OC-768•OTU-3

Fully integrated card

Line interface

1 x OTU-3Line MSA

(DPSK)

I01T40G-1

OTU-3 Framerand Mapper

TDCM

Client interfaces

1 x OTU-3 or1 x STM-256/OC-768

XFP

Fig. 77 40G Transponder Card I01T40G

For internal use

I04T40G-140G Muxponder Card

• 40 Gb/s Transponder with OTU-3 support

• Adaptive DPSK modulation format, full C band tunable laser

• Integrated dispersion compensation unit and pre-amplifier

• Optional external polarization mode dispersion (PMD) compensator

• Super Forward Error Correction (Super-FEC) on line side with 7% overhead

• 4 x grey/C/DWDM XFP based client ports:

• 4x STM-64/OC-192 or

•4x 10 GbE LAN or 10GbE WAN or

•4x OTU-2 (with FEC )

•or mixed configuration

Fully integrated card

Client interfaces

4 x STM-64/OC-192 or

4 x OTU-2 or

4 x 10GE or

any mix

Line interface

1 x OTU-3Line MSA

(DPSK)

I04T40G-1

OTU-3 Framer

and Mapper TDCM

(DWDM) XFP

(DWDM) XFP

(DWDM) XFP

(DWDM) XFP

Fig. 78 40G Muxponder Card I04T40G

Page 88: Hardware & Functionality - xa.yimg.comxa.yimg.com/.../name/04_FT22124EN03GLA0_hardware_functionality.… · Hardware & Functionality ... Installation and Test Manual ... SURPASS hiT

Hardware & Functionality

FT22124EN03GLA0

© 2011 Nokia Siemens Networks 88

I0xR40G-140G Regenerator Card

• I01R40G-1 is a unidirectional regenerator card• I02R40G-2/CQP is a bidirectional regenerator card for CP-QPSK• 40 Gbit/sec unidirectional regenerator function via OTU-3 line interface (DPSK

modulation format) • Bidirectional regenerator function provided via 2 cards in adjacent slots

Fully integrated card

Line interface

1 x OTU-3Line MSA

(DPSK)

I0xR40G-1OTU-3 Framer

and Mapper

TDCM

Fig. 79 40G Regenerator Card I0xR40G

Fig. 80 40G Muxponder Card I04T40G

Page 89: Hardware & Functionality - xa.yimg.comxa.yimg.com/.../name/04_FT22124EN03GLA0_hardware_functionality.… · Hardware & Functionality ... Installation and Test Manual ... SURPASS hiT

Hardware & Functionality

FT22124EN03GLA0 © 2011 Nokia Siemens Networks

89

2.6 hiT7300 Optical Protection hiT7300 supports the following traffic protection options:

For internal use

O02CSP +any amplifier

O02CSP +any transponder

I04T2G5I04TQ10G

O02CSP/ O03CP +any transponder

Protection options

Cos

t

Network availability

Protection on UNI client ,node disjoint DWDM routing by TransNet

Various protection levels offeroptimized CAPEX for each required availability level

1+1 Optical path protection,

intra card

1+1 Optical path protection

inter card

1+1 span protection

O02CSP + opt. filters (future release)

1+1 OMS protection

I05AD10G1+1 Service Channel protection intra card

1+1 optical channel protection

Fig. 81 hiT7300 Protection options

These options are:

• 1+1 Line protection without transponder protection

• 1+1 Service Channel protection without transponder protection

• 1+1 Optical Channel protection without transponder protection

• 1+1 Optical Channel protection with transponder protection

• 1+1 OMS protection

• 1+1 span protection

In order to achieve reasonable traffic survivability, working and protection paths of the OCh should be routed over physically diverse optical multiplex sections, which means that the necessary optical equipment (opt. multiplexer/de-multiplexer, opt. Amplifier) must be doubled.

Page 90: Hardware & Functionality - xa.yimg.comxa.yimg.com/.../name/04_FT22124EN03GLA0_hardware_functionality.… · Hardware & Functionality ... Installation and Test Manual ... SURPASS hiT

Hardware & Functionality

FT22124EN03GLA0

© 2011 Nokia Siemens Networks 90

1+1 Line protection without transponder protection

Protects against Fibre cut, degradation on the optical line

Protection against any failure of the optical system (filters, ROADM, amplifiers)

Does not protect against any transponder failures

Characteristics• Protects the transponder line signal

• O02CSP protection card with transmit side splitter, receive side switch

Tra

nspo

nder

Tra

nsp

ond

er

Lowest cost protection; best used for 40G transponder protection to avoid doubling expensive 40G transponders

O02CSP

OpticalProtection

Switch

Fig. 82 hiT7300 Protection options

For internal use

I05AD10G

1+1 Service Channel protection without transponder protection

Protects against Fibre cut, degradation on the optical line

Equipment failures of all cards in the optical system (filters, ROADM, amplifiers) and of the transponder line interface (line side XFP)

Ideal for transport of GE services;can be combined with drop & continue for multicast

Client processing

Mux/Demux

Mux/Demux

Muxponder card

Client 1

Client 2Client

processing

Characteristics Protection of the transponder’s

optical client side, i.e. each individual client signal can be protected by one electrical protection switch

Dual line side of transponder card I05AD10G is used as working and protection line sides

No dedicated protection card necessary

Fig. 83 hiT7300 Protection options

Page 91: Hardware & Functionality - xa.yimg.comxa.yimg.com/.../name/04_FT22124EN03GLA0_hardware_functionality.… · Hardware & Functionality ... Installation and Test Manual ... SURPASS hiT

Hardware & Functionality

FT22124EN03GLA0 © 2011 Nokia Siemens Networks

91

1+1 Optical Channel protection without transponder protection

Protects against Fibre cut, degradation on the optical line

Equipment failures of all cards in the optical system (filters, ROADM, amplifiers) and of the transponder line interface (line side SFP)

Characteristics Protection of the transponder’s

optical line side, i.e. the complete transponder line signal is protected by one electrical protection switch

Dual line side of transponder card I04T2G5 is used as working and protection line sides

No dedicated protection card necessary

I04T2G5

Ideal for transport of GE services

Mux/Demux

Line processing

Line processing

Muxponder card

Client 1

Client 2

Fig. 84 hiT7300 Protection options

O03CP

1+1 Optical Channel protection with transponder protectionCharacteristics• Protection on client side of the transponder

• For all 10/40G transponder cards

• One O03CP card protects up to 3 bi-directional signals

Protects against• Fibre cut, degradation on the optical line

• Full transponder protection, and protection against any failure of the optical system (filters, ROADM, amplifiers)

Tra

nspo

nder

Tra

nspo

nder

Tra

nspon

derT

ransp

onder

Ideal for protection of highest value leased lines

OpticalProtection

Switch

Fig. 85 hiT7300 Protection options

Page 92: Hardware & Functionality - xa.yimg.comxa.yimg.com/.../name/04_FT22124EN03GLA0_hardware_functionality.… · Hardware & Functionality ... Installation and Test Manual ... SURPASS hiT

Hardware & Functionality

FT22124EN03GLA0

© 2011 Nokia Siemens Networks 92

2.6.1 O02CSP-1, Dual protection card

Protection and compensator cards for OCh protection schemes are complemented in R4.30 by a dual protection card which contains two 2x1 switches and two power splitters. The O02CSP-1 in cooperation with one interface card will perform a 1+1 Line Side Optical Channel Protection (LS-OChP). The switching will be done actively by the O02CSP-1 card using an optical switch. In contrast, the O03CP is a purely passive card.

This is a 1-slot wide active card for two bidirectional 2-port channel protection units, each consisting of a splitter and a switch. All the inputs and the output of the switch are supervised by LOS monitors. The card is usable for line protection via the splitter and the switch. Within the actual version, the switch decision could be triggered by both; the operator via CCEP or autonomously via LOS detection. All LOS evaluation for the O02CSP is based on its own decisions. No communication is available between O02CSP and any other transponder card in 4.30. Hence, the O02CSP can handle any transponder. In addition to line side protection, the O02CSP-1 can also be used on the client side of a muxponder, as loss forwarding will be supported in 4.30. The protection has to be configured via LCT

Page 93: Hardware & Functionality - xa.yimg.comxa.yimg.com/.../name/04_FT22124EN03GLA0_hardware_functionality.… · Hardware & Functionality ... Installation and Test Manual ... SURPASS hiT

Hardware & Functionality

FT22124EN03GLA0 © 2011 Nokia Siemens Networks

93

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

O02CSP-1 Dual Protection CardO02CSP-1 Dual Protection Card

Fig. 86 O02CSP-1, Dual protection card

Page 94: Hardware & Functionality - xa.yimg.comxa.yimg.com/.../name/04_FT22124EN03GLA0_hardware_functionality.… · Hardware & Functionality ... Installation and Test Manual ... SURPASS hiT

Hardware & Functionality

FT22124EN03GLA0

© 2011 Nokia Siemens Networks 94

2.6.2 O03CP-1, Optical channel protection card

A 1+1 ODU1 protection (ODU1P trail protection) is completely realized on the 2G5 transponder card I04T2G5 1 for a corresponding pair of working/protection OTU1 line interfaces on one transponder card. Protection switching is done on the electrical signal level for the ODU1 signal transmitted/received at the line side.

A 1+1 client protection of OTU2 Channels is realized by a pair of 10G muxponder cards I08T10G 1 or/and. transponder cards I01T10G 1 equipped in adjacent slots together with optical protection cards O03CP 1. Protection switching is done by on/off switching of the client laser at the transponder card. Only the client laser of the active path is enabled, the client laser of the protecting path is switched off. This requires communication between the two transponder cards. The active and the protecting path are combined at the O03CP 1 card.

As an example for the possible slot assignment of the muxponder/transponder cards see the following table:

Slot N. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

1+1 client I08T10G-1

W P W P W P

1+1 client I01T10G-1

W P W P W P W P W P W P W P

The OChP card O03CP-1 is a passive card which contains 6 optical splitters. Three act as combiners to switch the traffic together with the 10 Gbit/s transponder cards. The remaining three are used for bridging the traffic for protection.

Up to three protection groups can be created and managed by the O03CP-1 card (i.e., three pairs of 10 Gbit/s transponder cards).

The O03CP 1 is a passive card.

The following table is giving the OChP card overview:

Card name Number of protected channels

Architecture Communication type

O03CP-1 3 3 splitters and 3

combiners bidirectional

Page 95: Hardware & Functionality - xa.yimg.comxa.yimg.com/.../name/04_FT22124EN03GLA0_hardware_functionality.… · Hardware & Functionality ... Installation and Test Manual ... SURPASS hiT

Hardware & Functionality

FT22124EN03GLA0 © 2011 Nokia Siemens Networks

95

O03CP-1

Client 1 IN

3 d

B S

pli

tter

Wo

rkin

g 1

OU

T

Pro

tect

ion

1

OU

T

Co

mb

iner

Wo

rkin

g 1

IN

Pro

tect

ion

1

IN

Client 1 OUT

Client 2 IN

3 d

B S

pli

tter

Wo

rkin

g 2

OU

T

Pro

tect

ion

2

OU

T

Co

mb

iner

Wo

rkin

g 2

IN

Pro

tect

ion

2

IN

Client 2 OUT

Client 3 IN

3 d

B S

pli

tter

Wo

rkin

g 3

OU

T

Pro

tect

ion

3

OU

T

Co

mb

iner

Wo

rkin

g 3

IN

Pro

tect

ion

3

IN

Client 3 OUT

Fig. 87 O03CP-1, Optical channel protection card

Fig. 88 Possible slot assignment for transponder cards working as a protection pairs

Page 96: Hardware & Functionality - xa.yimg.comxa.yimg.com/.../name/04_FT22124EN03GLA0_hardware_functionality.… · Hardware & Functionality ... Installation and Test Manual ... SURPASS hiT

Hardware & Functionality

FT22124EN03GLA0

© 2011 Nokia Siemens Networks 96

2.7 System management Function

2.7.1 Optical Supervisory Channel

SURPASS hiT7300 offers a 12.5 Mbit/s (≤ 4.30) or 150 Mbit/s (≥ 5.0) bandwidth Optical Supervisory Channel (OSC) to provide communications between all SURPASS hiT7300 NE's within OMS and OTS trails.

The optical supervisory channel is used for all data communication as needed for the configuration, fault management, performance management, as well as for any software management required to setup and maintain the NE's of the OTN.

The OSC is a bidirectional data channel whereby the same wavelength of 1510 nm is used for both transmission directions, each on a separate fiber. The OSC wavelength lies just outside the C-Band of the used optical channel wavelengths, and is terminated at each hiT7300 network element (ONN and OLR). Therefore, even in the rare occurrence of an optical amplifier failure, the OSC and hence all management communications remain intact.

The high optical performance of the OSC supports very long spans for up to 50 dB span attenuation at 1510 nm out-of-band OSC wavelength (corresponds to ~48.5 dB span attenuation for traffic wavelengths within C-Band) using LALBCH-1 booster amplifier card.

TIP Since the version 5.0 the resilience of the OSC channel will be also improved by the FEC mechanism known from the transponder cards

The following table shows an overview of the functions supported by the OSC:

Optical Supervisory Channel (OSC) Functions:

Data communication channel for the internal Data Communications Network DCN (Ethernet based);

Link control information for initializing and maintaining of the optical OMS/OTS trails (e.g. number of equipped channels, current link states, etc.);

Control Information for Automatic Power Shutdown (APSD);

Two bidirectional User Channels (Ethernet based);

Two Engineering Orderwire (EOW) channels;

Trace Identifier for the optical OMS/OTS trail;

Forward / Backward Defect Indication (FDI / BDI) within OMS/OTS.

Page 97: Hardware & Functionality - xa.yimg.comxa.yimg.com/.../name/04_FT22124EN03GLA0_hardware_functionality.… · Hardware & Functionality ... Installation and Test Manual ... SURPASS hiT

Hardware & Functionality

FT22124EN03GLA0 © 2011 Nokia Siemens Networks

97

Q (LAN) Interface

ONN

NEController

NEController

OLR

NEController

NEController

ONN

NEController

NEController

ONN

NEController

NEController

TNMS

LCT

QF Interface

OSC (1510nm)

OSC (1510nm)

OSC (1510nm)

Fig. 89 Optical Supervisory Channel

Fig. 90 Optical Supervisory Channel (OSC) Functions

Page 98: Hardware & Functionality - xa.yimg.comxa.yimg.com/.../name/04_FT22124EN03GLA0_hardware_functionality.… · Hardware & Functionality ... Installation and Test Manual ... SURPASS hiT

Hardware & Functionality

FT22124EN03GLA0

© 2011 Nokia Siemens Networks 98

2.7.2 Generic Communication Channels

The SURPASS hiT 7300 supports Generic Communication Channels of GCC0 type according to ITU-T G.709 for OTU-k interfaces of the SURPASS hiT 7300 transponder cards. The GCC0 channels can be used to extend the internal DCN of a transport network or for transmission of user channels in any customer specific application.

The GCC0 channels can be preferably used for data communication over passive CWDM/DWDM links or non-colored (grey) single channels, where no OSC channel exists for these purposes.

Bandwidth of GCC0:

• OTU1 GCC0 326 kbit/s

• OTU2 GCC0 1.3 Mbit/s

• OTU3 GCC0 5.2 Mbit/s

A maximum of 1 GCC0 channels (OTU-2) and 4 GCC0 channels (OTU-1) are supported per transponder card. All the configured channels must belong either to the client(s) or the line(s) interface of the card.

A maximum of 26 GCC0 channels are supported per NE.

In the GCC0 channel two types of communication protocols are supported, which are configurable per NE:

• SURPASS hiT 7300 GCC0 mode: a GCC0 channel transports one internal DCN channel (as part of the SURPASS hiT 7300 internal DCN) and two user channels, all consisting of tagged Ethernet frames.

• SURPASS hiT 7500 GCC0 mode: a GCC0 channel transports one internal DCN channel for communication within a SURPASS hiT 7500 internal DCN, using an IP over PPP protocol stack compatible with SURPASS hiT 7500; this mode can be used for applications using a SURPASS hiT 7300 SON NE (as a remote network termination) with SURPASS hiT 7300 transponder cards as a feeder for a SURPASS hiT 7500 transmission network.

TIP Each GCC0 channel supports two transparent Ethernet based user channels (in SURPASS hiT 7300 mode), which can be externally accessed by two RJ45 connectors on the controller card within the shelf containing the respective transponder card terminating the GCC0 channel.

Page 99: Hardware & Functionality - xa.yimg.comxa.yimg.com/.../name/04_FT22124EN03GLA0_hardware_functionality.… · Hardware & Functionality ... Installation and Test Manual ... SURPASS hiT

Hardware & Functionality

FT22124EN03GLA0 © 2011 Nokia Siemens Networks

99

● Generic Communication Channels of GCC0 type according to ITU-T G.709 ● GCC0 channels can be preferably used for data communication over

passive CWDM/DWDM links ● Each GCC0 channel offers a bandwidth of 326 Kbit/s in OTU1 transponders

(e.g., I04T2G5-1) and 1.3 Mbit/s in OTU2 transponders (e.g., I01T10G-1).● A maximum of 1 GCC0 channels (OTU-2) and 4 GCC0 channels (OTU-1)

are supported per transponder card ● All the configured channels must belong either to the client(s) or

the line(s) interface of the card ● A maximum of 26 GCC0 channels are supported per NE

hiT 7300 GCC (Generic Communication Channel FactshiT 7300 GCC (Generic Communication Channel Facts

Fig. 91

Q (LAN) Interface

SON

NEController

NEController

SON

NEController

NEController

SON

NEController

NEController

TNMS

LCT

QF Interface

OpticalLine

OCUOCUOCUOCUOCUOCUOCUOCUOCUOCUOCUOCU

OCUOCUOCUOCUOCUOCU

OpticalLine

Fig. 92 Example of usage Generic Communication Channels

Page 100: Hardware & Functionality - xa.yimg.comxa.yimg.com/.../name/04_FT22124EN03GLA0_hardware_functionality.… · Hardware & Functionality ... Installation and Test Manual ... SURPASS hiT

Hardware & Functionality

FT22124EN03GLA0

© 2011 Nokia Siemens Networks 100

2.7.3 Control and management Function

Optical link control is intended to ensure optimized optical link operation in any link state. The goals are to maintain sufficient link performance and consequently an equally distributed power level (with reference to the containing OSNR value) at each channel's tail end (at optical receiver or regenerator locations). Within each individual NE, the Controller card serves as central instance to manage and control all optical link relevant information. Controller cards within an optical link must exchange management information as well as measurement data between each other.

Two different types of link control are available since version 5.0:

• EPC: Enhanced Power Control this is the legacy behavior of the hiT7300.

• APC: Advanced Power Control is the behavior of the hiT7300 DCM free network (96 channels). The advantages are faster measurement cycles more automatic features.

TIP Link management information and measurement data needed for controlling the optical link is exchanged between NE's via the optical supervisory channel.

NE external communication links and NE internal communication links are established to properly operate all optical link control mechanisms for the whole link and within the NE.

Within each shelf the Controller card communicates, with all "passive" cards (e.g., filter and attenuator cards), using the I2C bus. "Active" cards (e.g., line amplifier and Raman pump cards) use the amplifier-pump control bus to communicate with the Controller card.

The communication between shelves is achieved with two Ethernet LAN connectors on the Controller card.

Page 101: Hardware & Functionality - xa.yimg.comxa.yimg.com/.../name/04_FT22124EN03GLA0_hardware_functionality.… · Hardware & Functionality ... Installation and Test Manual ... SURPASS hiT

Hardware & Functionality

FT22124EN03GLA0 © 2011 Nokia Siemens Networks

101

ControllerCard

OSC OSC OSC

ONN-T OLR ONN-T

OSC OSC OSC

ONN-S

ControllerCard

ControllerCard

ControllerCard

Optical Link A Optical Link B

Fig. 93 Optical link control

1 2 3 14 15 16

Sh

elf

Co

ntr

oll

er

I²C bus

Amplifier-Pump Control bus

Shelf

1 2 3 14 15 16

Mai

nC

on

tro

ller

Master Shelf

Card Slots

. . .

Card Slots

. . . NE

inte

rnal

Eth

ern

et

I²C bus

Amplifier-Pump Control bus

atte

nu

ato

r ca

rd

filt

er c

ard

filt

er c

ard

filt

er c

ard

filt

er c

ard

filt

er c

ard

Ram

anam

plif

ier

amp

lifie

r

Ram

anam

plif

ier

amp

lifie

r

hiT7300 NE

Fig. 94 NE internal communication

Page 102: Hardware & Functionality - xa.yimg.comxa.yimg.com/.../name/04_FT22124EN03GLA0_hardware_functionality.… · Hardware & Functionality ... Installation and Test Manual ... SURPASS hiT

Hardware & Functionality

FT22124EN03GLA0

© 2011 Nokia Siemens Networks 102

2.7.4 Data Communication Network

The Data Communication Network (DCN) provides TMN access, via Ethernet interfaces Q and QF using SNMPv3, TL1 and HTTP protocols, to all the NE's within one sub-network. The Q interface allows the SURPASS hiT7300 system to be connected to a TMN system, e.g., TNMS. The QF interface has a pre-configured IP address for a direct local connection to the LCT. The LCT obtains its IP address from a DHCP / DNS server on the NE. In addition to the Ethernet interfaces of the NE's, the underlying DCN provides interconnected Data Communication Channels (DCC) to operate all connected NE's.

The services provided by the DCN are:

• Separate the DCN from the customer IP network via NAT-P.

• Software download/distribution via FTP.

• Pre-emphasis and file distribution control based on XML-RPC.

• User channels with point-to-point Ethernet channel per link.

• Time synchronization via Network Time Protocol (NTP).

• Domain Name Service (DNS).

• Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP).

The following management protocols are provided by the hiT7300 NE:

SNMP V3 Protocol between NE's and TNMS Core/ TNMS CT/ @CT is used as a direct interface to customer OS

HTTP.1 Used by Web-based LCT - called @CT - and offers a fully functional Element Manager for commissioning or maintenance of a NE.

FTP(S) Used for file transfer (e.g. PM/alarm data, SW download and etc.)

TL1 Used for Network management acc. Telcordia standards.

2.7.4.1 Gateway Function (GF) of NE

The Gateway Function (GF) provides one single IP address for a sub-network and is the connection point between NE and a network management system. The GF then maps different TCP ports to different NE's with internal IP addresses in this sub-network; implements a Network Address Translation Port forwarding (NAT-P) to hide the DCN internal IP addresses from the carrier data network and a FTP proxy for file transfer between an external FTP server and the NE's. The GF separates the embedded DCN from the customer DCN.

At least two Gateway Functions (GF) should be implemented on different NE's which provides redundant access to the SURPASS hiT7300 DCN.

Page 103: Hardware & Functionality - xa.yimg.comxa.yimg.com/.../name/04_FT22124EN03GLA0_hardware_functionality.… · Hardware & Functionality ... Installation and Test Manual ... SURPASS hiT

Hardware & Functionality

FT22124EN03GLA0 © 2011 Nokia Siemens Networks

103

The services provided by the DCN are:

● Separate the DCN from the customer IP network via NAT-P.● Software download/distribution via FTP.● Pre-emphasis and file distribution control based on XML-RPC.● User channels with point-to-point Ethernet channel per link.● Time synchronization via Network Time Protocol (NTP).● Domain Name Service (DNS).● Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP).

Fig. 95 hiT7300 DCN services

Management protocols are provided by the hiT7300:

Fig. 96 hiT7300management protocols

DHCP provides all NE’s with internal IP address, NAT-P then maps different TCP

ports to the different NE IP‘s to hide the internal DCN

DHCP provides all NE’s with internal IP address, NAT-P then maps different TCP

ports to the different NE IP‘s to hide the internal DCN

At least two GW NE‘s should be implemented

to provide redundant access to the DCN

At least two GW NE‘s should be implemented

to provide redundant access to the DCN

Q interface connects hiT7300 Network

(static connection) to TNMS

Q interface connects hiT7300 Network

(static connection) to TNMS

TCP/IP Network

TNMS C

DCCDCC DCC

Non-GW NE

QF interface

SNMPv3 HTTP FTP

UDP TCP

Eth (MAC)

Eth (PHY)10/100 base-T

OSC( 12.5 Mb/s)

IPv4 (w/o routing )

The DCN Protocol Stack of the hiT7300 NE’s

@-CT

TNMS CT

Q interface(GW function)

Q interface(GW function)

Non-GW NE

DCN provides interconnected Data Communication

Channels (DCC) to operate all connected NE's

DCN provides interconnected Data Communication

Channels (DCC) to operate all connected NE's

The QF interface has a pre-configured IP address (DHCP / DNS server) for direct local

connection to the @ LCT (temporary GW function)

The QF interface has a pre-configured IP address (DHCP / DNS server) for direct local

connection to the @ LCT (temporary GW function)

The protection switching is initiated by TNMS by inspecting the NE

reachability via different gateways

The protection switching is initiated by TNMS by inspecting the NE

reachability via different gateways TL1

Fig. 97 hiT7300 Data Communication Network

Page 104: Hardware & Functionality - xa.yimg.comxa.yimg.com/.../name/04_FT22124EN03GLA0_hardware_functionality.… · Hardware & Functionality ... Installation and Test Manual ... SURPASS hiT

Hardware & Functionality

FT22124EN03GLA0

© 2011 Nokia Siemens Networks 104

The SURPASS hiT7300 DCN network is implemented as a switched network and the Message Communication Function (MCF) is implemented as a L2 switch.

A network of interconnected NE's is designated a DCN domain. The communication is established via the OSC of the optical links and an Ethernet/L2 switching network implemented by the NE's (MCF). A single DCN domain supports up to of 118 NE's.

TIP To maintain a loop-free topology of a switched DCN network/sub-network, the SURPASS hiT7300 supports the Spanning Tree Protocol (STP).

The connection to the Local Craft Terminal (LCT) and/or the TNMS-C can be done via the Ethernet ports (Q interface) on the CCEP/CCMP controller card. The QF interface has a preconfigured (via DHCP/DNS service) IP address for connecting the LCT. The Q port is normally reserved for the TNMS. If the Q port is used for DCN interconnection with another NE a second IP address can be assigned to the QF port.

Page 105: Hardware & Functionality - xa.yimg.comxa.yimg.com/.../name/04_FT22124EN03GLA0_hardware_functionality.… · Hardware & Functionality ... Installation and Test Manual ... SURPASS hiT

Hardware & Functionality

FT22124EN03GLA0 © 2011 Nokia Siemens Networks

105

TCP/IP Network

TNMS

Q interface(GW function)

Designated DCN domain.

The communication is established via the OSC (DCC) of the optical links and

an Ethernet/L2 switching network implemented by the NE's (MCF).

A single DCN domain supports up to of 118 NE's.

To maintain a loop-free topology of a switched DCN network/sub-network,

the SURPASS hiT7300 supports the Spanning Tree Protocol (STP)

DCCDCC DCC

MCF MCF MCF MCFMCF

TNMS CT

DCCDCC

MCF

L2 Switch

Q/QF

DCC DCCDCC

MCFMCFMCFMCF MCF

DC

C

DC

C

Q interface(GW function)

STP is active

STP is active

Fig. 98 Data Communication Network

If the Q port is used for DCN interconnection with

another NE a second IP address can be assigned to the QF port for GW function.

If the Q port is used for DCN interconnection with

another NE a second IP address can be assigned to the QF port for GW function.

TCP/IP NetworkTNMS C

DCCDCC

Ethernet cableQ interface

QF interface(GW function)

Both NE‘s are in the same location

Q interface

If the Q port is used for DCN interconnection with

another NE a second IP address can be assigned to the QF port for GW function.

If the Q port is used for DCN interconnection with

another NE a second IP address can be assigned to the QF port for GW function.

Designated DCN domain

Fig. 99 Usage of the Q port for DCN interconnection

Page 106: Hardware & Functionality - xa.yimg.comxa.yimg.com/.../name/04_FT22124EN03GLA0_hardware_functionality.… · Hardware & Functionality ... Installation and Test Manual ... SURPASS hiT

Hardware & Functionality

FT22124EN03GLA0

© 2011 Nokia Siemens Networks 106

2.7.4.2 Multi-Domain DCN

A network of interconnected NE's is designated a DCN domain. The communication is established via the OSC of the optical links and an Ethernet/L2 switching network implemented by the NE's (Message Control Function (MCF)).

A single DCN domain supports up to 118 NE's managed via a SNMP TMN system or up to 50 NE's managed via a TL1 TMN system.

The SURPASS hiT 7300 system supports the partitioning of large DCN networks into smaller DCN sub-networks limited between them by border-NEs which allow a separation of L2 switching domains.

Each L2 switching domain has its own gateway NE(s) for communication with the TMN system via the carrier data network. These multi-domain DCN's are characterized by:

• Up to 16 DCN sub-networks, with a maximum of 118 NE's (via SNMP) or 50 NE's (via TL1) per L2 domain can be configured.

• Within an L2 domain the DCN traffic is switched, and at the domain borders all L2broadcast traffic is terminated.

• Border-NE's can connect up to 3 L2 domains.

• Border-NE's can be configured as gateway NE's to provide all the DCN services (e.g., NAT-P, FTP). These services may run in multiple instances to support multiple L2 domains.

• Border-NE's can have distinct NE roles (e.g., primary gateway NE, client DHCP) for each DCN sub-network.

• In-service upgrade from a single to a multi-domain DCN network is possible.

• Optical enhanced pre-emphasis control is also possible for links where both NE's belong to different L2 domains.

Page 107: Hardware & Functionality - xa.yimg.comxa.yimg.com/.../name/04_FT22124EN03GLA0_hardware_functionality.… · Hardware & Functionality ... Installation and Test Manual ... SURPASS hiT

Hardware & Functionality

FT22124EN03GLA0 © 2011 Nokia Siemens Networks

107

● Up to 16 DCN sub-networks, with a maximum of 118 NE's (via SNMP) or 50 NE's (via TL1) per L2 domain can be configured

● Within an L2 domain the DCN traffic is switched, and at the domain borders all L2 broadcast traffic is terminated

● Border-NE's can connect up to 3 L2 domains ● Border-NE's can be configured as gateway NE's to provide all the DCN services (e.g., NAT-P, FTP).

These services may run in multiple instances to support multiple L2 domains ● Border-NE's can have distinct NE roles (e.g., primary gateway NE, client DHCP)

for each DCN sub-network ● In-service upgrade from a single to a multi-domain DCN network is possible

● Optical enhanced pre-emphasis control is also possible for links where both NE's belong to different L2 domains

Multi-Domain DCNMulti-Domain DCN

Fig. 100

hiT7300 gateway NE with DHCP (Primary/Secondary) server

hiT7300 (domain) border-NE

Carrier Data Network

Q

L2Domain1

L2Domain3

L2Domain2

DHCP_P DHCP_S

DHCP_P DHCP_S

DHCP_P DHCP_S

DHCP_P/S

Q Q Q

QQ

hiT7300 NE as local (temporary) gateway for @CT

hiT7300 target NE

Fig. 101

Page 108: Hardware & Functionality - xa.yimg.comxa.yimg.com/.../name/04_FT22124EN03GLA0_hardware_functionality.… · Hardware & Functionality ... Installation and Test Manual ... SURPASS hiT

Hardware & Functionality

FT22124EN03GLA0

© 2011 Nokia Siemens Networks 108

2.7.5 Network Time Protocol

The NTP is used for time synchronization of the DCN. When synchronized, all NE's use the same reference clock for time stamping of log entries, issued events, etc. The NE's in the DCN rely on the NE's configured as DHCP servers for time synchronization, i.e., they use the DHCP servers as NTP servers.

The NE's configured as DHCP servers must use external NTP (up to three) servers in the customer network for time synchronization.

The NE chooses the actual NTP server among the available servers, since NTP protocol allows redundant time synchronization.

If no NTP server is available (external or DHCP server), the NE goes into a free-running mode, depending only on its internal clock.

hiT7300 NetworkhiT7300 Network

Customer NetworkNTPServer

Router

NTPServer

ONN-T (GW&DHCP)

ONN-T (GW&DHCP)

Router

TNMS

OSC OSC OSC OSC OSC

Worker Standby

Clock Synchronization direction

OLROLR OLROLR ONN-T (GW)ONN-T (GW)ONN-IONN-I ONN-SONN-S

Fig. 102 Network Time Protocol

TIP In multi-domain topologies, border-NE's which are configured as DHCP clients, obtain time synchronization from all DHCP server NE's (i.e., DHCP servers from all the network domains) by selecting the best reference time.

Page 109: Hardware & Functionality - xa.yimg.comxa.yimg.com/.../name/04_FT22124EN03GLA0_hardware_functionality.… · Hardware & Functionality ... Installation and Test Manual ... SURPASS hiT

Hardware & Functionality

FT22124EN03GLA0 © 2011 Nokia Siemens Networks

109

2.7.6 Engineering Order Wire interface

The EOW interface can be used to establish conference and selective calls from one NE to other NE(s) using a handset.

When plugged, a handset is automatically in the same conference call of all the other handsets connected to the same line. The communication line is built from all shelves, belonging to different NE's, which are interconnected by OSC's.

In case of a selective call the operator selects an NE by dialing a 3-digit number, which is configured via LCT.

EOW calls are carried over OSC and transmitted together with the OSC payload via the optical fiber along the entire transmission line.

In ring and meshed networks, the line may form a closed ring. A ring manager opens the loop, to prevent the EOW call from feedback distortion.

Inter-shelf EOW connection in multi-degree ONN's is achieved with a 4-wire cable that interconnects the controller cards of different shelves belonging to the same NE. This allows EOW calls in interconnected rings and meshed networks

HandsetsHandsetsHandsetsHandsetsHandsetsHandsets

Ring Manager should be enabled e.g. in this NE to avoid distortion

Ring Manager should be enabled e.g. in this NE to avoid distortion

Connections via 4-wire interface between the NE’s pertaining two

different optical links.

Connections via 4-wire interface between the NE’s pertaining two

different optical links.

Fig. 103 Engineering Order Wire interface

Page 110: Hardware & Functionality - xa.yimg.comxa.yimg.com/.../name/04_FT22124EN03GLA0_hardware_functionality.… · Hardware & Functionality ... Installation and Test Manual ... SURPASS hiT

Hardware & Functionality

FT22124EN03GLA0

© 2011 Nokia Siemens Networks 110

2.7.7 User channels

The SURPASS hiT 7300 user channels (each 10 Mbit/s) are used for bidirectional connections between NE's via the OSC or GCC0, providing the customer with a point-to-point Ethernet connection for specific data network or remote access to NE's not reachable via DCN. The user channels are accessible via two Ethernet ports, User 1 and User 2.

Up to two user channels (belonging to different spans) can be terminated on each controller card. If both user channels belong to the same span only one user channel can be terminated. Transit user channels (i.e., transfer traffic routed to another span) are forwarded to the respective span by the NE shelf controller.

The actual number of user channels that can be used in an NE depends on the number of transponders and line amplifier cards configured with OTU-k. Per NE a maximum of 26 GCC0 channels and 8 OSC channels is supported, each carrying two user channels.

In ONN's, the user channels are terminated by default. However, they can be set to through connected via LCT (within the same controller card) or by interconnecting the User 1/User 2 connectors (of different controller cards) via an Ethernet cable. In OLR's, the user channels are through connected by default. Using LCT, the through connection can be opened and the user channels are accessible at OLR's also.

UC2 portUC2 port

Patch cord

Patch cord

ONN-TONN-T OLROLR OLROLR ONN-IONN-I ONN-TONN-T

UC2 portUC2 portUC1 portUC1 port UC2 portUC2 port

UC1 portUC1 portUC2 portUC2 port

Fig. 104 User channels

Page 111: Hardware & Functionality - xa.yimg.comxa.yimg.com/.../name/04_FT22124EN03GLA0_hardware_functionality.… · Hardware & Functionality ... Installation and Test Manual ... SURPASS hiT

Hardware & Functionality

FT22124EN03GLA0 © 2011 Nokia Siemens Networks

111

2.7.8 Telemetry Interface

The TIF sensors (inputs) and TIF actors (outputs) are intended to be used for traditional user-defined “housekeeping” purposes. The TIF sensors usually supervise particular events at the site (e.g., fire alarm, over-temperature alarm, door-open alarm, etc.) and carry alarms issued by external equipment (e.g., StrataLight OTS-4000 and MPBC RMH07 series). The TIF actors usually control particular devices at the site (e.g., lights, air conditioning, etc.).

TIF sensors and actors are available on the first shelf (001) of the CCEP-1 controller card with 16 sensors and 15 actors. Actors, 1 to 8, are free to be used by the user. The remaining actors, 9 to 15, are used for equipment/communication alarm indication purposes, visible and audible. The TIF sensors generate an environmental alarm on the NE, when the current state differs from the configurable normal state.

TIF actors Description

TIF Actors, 1 to 8 Free to be used by the user

TIF actor 9 Critical Alarms (audible)

TIF actor 10 Major Alarms (audible)

TIF actor 11 Minor Alarms (audible)

TIF actor 12 Critical Alarms (visible)

TIF actor 13 Major Alarms (visible)

TIF actor 14 Minor Alarms (visible)

TIF actor 15 Power Equipment Alarm

TIF sensors and actors are available on the CCEP-1 controller card with 16 sensors and 15 actors; TIF sensors supervise events and TIF actors control devices. TIF actors can be used as follow:

Fig. 105 TIF Actors

Page 112: Hardware & Functionality - xa.yimg.comxa.yimg.com/.../name/04_FT22124EN03GLA0_hardware_functionality.… · Hardware & Functionality ... Installation and Test Manual ... SURPASS hiT

Hardware & Functionality

FT22124EN03GLA0

© 2011 Nokia Siemens Networks 112

2.7.9 Controller Cards functions

Each shelf is to be equipped with a controller card at a dedicated slot position. There is always one main shelf which includes the NE controller and there can be several extension shelves which have a shelf controller. The controller cards act as a NE controller on the main shelf and the sub-shelves, mainly providing NE central interfaces and functions.

The Controller cards provide the central monitoring and control functions for the system, as well as the MCF to operate the Q and QF communication interfaces. Using these interfaces, the Controller card performs the following main functions:

• Fault Management:

Monitoring all system alarms and forwarding their states to the network management system.

• Performance Management:

On request, sending all optical performance management information to the network management system and/or a craft terminal.

• Configuration Management:

Configuring the system to either default settings or to persistently stored settings initiated by the network management system and/or a craft terminal.

• Security Management:

Controlling the individual access via the network management system and/or a craft terminal to particular NE functions, using a hierarchical security management user ID and password concept.

• Equipment Management:

Monitoring the actual and required shelf equipping.

• Communication Management:

Implementing the MCF for the communication between all NE's and the network management system.

• Software Management:

Performing all software downloads, uploads, and software integrity functions.

• Real Time Management:

Controlling the real-time clock.

• Providing alarm outputs from shelves and racks.

• Controlling the NE alarm LED's (e.g., major/minor, for communication and equipment alarms).

Page 113: Hardware & Functionality - xa.yimg.comxa.yimg.com/.../name/04_FT22124EN03GLA0_hardware_functionality.… · Hardware & Functionality ... Installation and Test Manual ... SURPASS hiT

Hardware & Functionality

FT22124EN03GLA0 © 2011 Nokia Siemens Networks

113

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Controller card performs the following main functions:

● Fault Management: Monitoring all system alarms and forwarding their states to the network management system.

● Performance Management: On request, sending all optical performance management information to the network management system and / or a craft terminal.

● Configuration Management: Configuring the system to either default settings or to persistently stored settings initiated by the network management system and/or a craft terminal.

● Security Management: Controlling the individual access via the network management system and/or a craft terminal to particular NE functions, using a hierarchical security management user ID and password concept.

● Equipment Management: Monitoring the actual and required shelf equipping.

● Software Management: Performing all software downloads, uploads, and software integrity functions.

● Real Time Management: Controlling the real-time clock.

● Providing alarm outputs from shelves and racks.

● Controlling the NE alarm LED's (e.g., major/minor, for communication and equipment alarms).

Fig. 106 Controller cards main functions

Page 114: Hardware & Functionality - xa.yimg.comxa.yimg.com/.../name/04_FT22124EN03GLA0_hardware_functionality.… · Hardware & Functionality ... Installation and Test Manual ... SURPASS hiT

Hardware & Functionality

FT22124EN03GLA0

© 2011 Nokia Siemens Networks 114

2.7.10 Controller Cards types

Three types of controller cards are available as described below:

• CCEP-1, NE and main shelf controller card with TIF/Alarm interfaces;

• CCEP-2, NE and main shelf controller card with TIF/Alarm interfaces; necessary for GMPLS

• CCMP-1, NE and main shelf controller card without TIF/Alarm interfaces;

• CCMP-1, NE and main shelf controller card without TIF/Alarm interfaces; necessary for GMPLS

• CCSP-1, extension shelf controller card.

The CCEP and CCMP controller cards consist of the same controller card motherboard, where only the CCEP includes an additional module for TIF/Alarm interfaces. Both CCEP and CCMP can be equipped in the main shelf for operation as the NE controller card and providing the external management interfaces (Q, QF) of the NE.

The CCSP card is equipped in each extension shelf of the hiT7300. The front plate of the CCSP card looks exactly as the CCMP card except that it has eliminated all the redundant functions (e.g. Q, QF interface) that are already available in the main controller card (CCEP/CCMP). This results in reduction of component and power supply requirement sufficient for management of an extension shelf.

The following table explains the external interfaces provided on the front panel of the controller cards:

Label on card Physical I/F Function

Fault LED (red) Fault indication of controller

OK LED (green) Service status of controller

UBAT 1 to 4 LED (green) Shelf power supervision

COM-AL (CRIT, MAJ, MIN)

LED (red, orange, yellow) Communication alarm status

EQUIP-AL (CRIT, MAJ, MIN)

LED (red, orange, yellow) Equipment alarm status

INFO LED (green / red) General Purpose Indication

RJ22 --- 4-pin RJ22 connector Handset connector

EOW D-SUB9 connector EOW shelf interconnection

USER 1 / USER 2 10/100BaseT, RJ45 connector

User channel 1 & 2 (point to point user channel connection)

ILAN 1 / ILAN 2 10/100BaseT, RJ45 connector

Internal LAN shelf connection 1 & 2 (connection between shelves)

Page 115: Hardware & Functionality - xa.yimg.comxa.yimg.com/.../name/04_FT22124EN03GLA0_hardware_functionality.… · Hardware & Functionality ... Installation and Test Manual ... SURPASS hiT

Hardware & Functionality

FT22124EN03GLA0 © 2011 Nokia Siemens Networks

115

CCSP

Lever

FaultOK

RJ 22

EOW

40 mm

ILAN 1

User 1

Q

ILAN 2

User 2

QF

D-S

UB

9

CRIT

MIN

UBAT

1

EQUIP-AL

234

TIF IN

30 mm

TIF OUT

/

Alarm

ACO

CRIT

COM- ALMINMAJ

MAJ

INFO

S U

B D

25

not onCCMP/CCSP

Lever

S U

B D

25

Fig. 107

Label on card Physical I/F Function

Q 10/100BaseT, RJ45 connector

Management Interface (not usable on CCSP)

QF 10/100BaseT, RJ45 connector

Management Interface (not usable on CCSP)

ACO LED (blue) Alarm Acknowledge Indication

ACO button Manual Alarm Acknowledge

TIFIN 16 TIF inputs, D-SUB25 connector

Telemetry Interface Inputs

TIFOUT / Alarm 8 TIF outputs + 6 outputs for TIF or external alarms + 1 power alarm output, D-SUB25 connector

Telemetry Interface Outputs, TIF or External Station Alarms (audible/visible), External Power Alarm

Page 116: Hardware & Functionality - xa.yimg.comxa.yimg.com/.../name/04_FT22124EN03GLA0_hardware_functionality.… · Hardware & Functionality ... Installation and Test Manual ... SURPASS hiT

Hardware & Functionality

FT22124EN03GLA0

© 2011 Nokia Siemens Networks 116

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Controller Cards

CCEP CCMP CCSP

Fig. 108 Controller Cards

Page 117: Hardware & Functionality - xa.yimg.comxa.yimg.com/.../name/04_FT22124EN03GLA0_hardware_functionality.… · Hardware & Functionality ... Installation and Test Manual ... SURPASS hiT

Hardware & Functionality

FT22124EN03GLA0 © 2011 Nokia Siemens Networks

117

2.7.11 Scalable multi-controller architecture

hiT 7300 introduces a multi-controller architecture where the subagent controllers completely handle the controlled sub NE which improves performance of processing power intensive applications (e.g. optical GMPLS), as well as start-up performance. It ensures scalability of a network element (NE) when upgrading networks or introducing new functionality.

The multi-controller architecture distributes the total workload among several subsystem controller cards (CCEP/CCMP). One subsystem controller, known as the ‘master agent’, takes the role of the NE controller, provides management interfaces to the network and delegates tasks to the other controller cards. The other controller cards, known as ‘subagents’ - are only internally used in the NE, with each being responsible for a different set of shelves. The subagents only manage those cards assigned to the subsystem and perform tasks such as equipment management or performance monitoring.

Existing NE’s can be migrated from single-controller to multi-controller architectures and support both options. The new ONN-X96 MD-ROADM requires a multi-controller architecture, due to its large number of supported channels and degrees.

Scalable multi-controller architecture

Fig. 109

Page 118: Hardware & Functionality - xa.yimg.comxa.yimg.com/.../name/04_FT22124EN03GLA0_hardware_functionality.… · Hardware & Functionality ... Installation and Test Manual ... SURPASS hiT

Hardware & Functionality

FT22124EN03GLA0

© 2011 Nokia Siemens Networks 118

2.7.12 Optical Attenuator cards

SURPASS hiT7300 provides the O08VA-1 card as variable optical attenuator card for 8 unidirectional channels. Variable attenuators (VOA's) can be used for dynamic power adjustment as pre- and/or de-emphasis per optical channel or per subband.

Following table shows the technical parameters of O08VA-1 card.

O08VA-1 Technical Data

Attenuation range 0-22 dB

Operating Band 1528-1610 nm

Maximum Insertion loss 1.5 dB

Resolution 0.1 dB per step

Response time 10 ms

Power Handling per VOA channel < 21 dBm

Page 119: Hardware & Functionality - xa.yimg.comxa.yimg.com/.../name/04_FT22124EN03GLA0_hardware_functionality.… · Hardware & Functionality ... Installation and Test Manual ... SURPASS hiT

Hardware & Functionality

FT22124EN03GLA0 © 2011 Nokia Siemens Networks

119

O08VA-1IN1IN2IN3IN4IN6IN7IN8 IN5

OUT1OUT2OUT3OUT4OUT5OUT6OUT7OUT8

Fig. 110 Optical Attenuator card

Fig. 111 HW layout

Page 120: Hardware & Functionality - xa.yimg.comxa.yimg.com/.../name/04_FT22124EN03GLA0_hardware_functionality.… · Hardware & Functionality ... Installation and Test Manual ... SURPASS hiT

Hardware & Functionality

FT22124EN03GLA0

© 2011 Nokia Siemens Networks 120

2.7.13 Channel power monitor (MCP4x-x) card

The channel power monitor card MCP4x-x provides an in-service monitoring of the optical channel power levels. The card contains an Optical Spectrum Analyzer (OSA) for 40/80 channels, which is periodically connected to 4 optical input ports.

There is three different types of the channel power monitor card are available:

Card name Supported bit rates Usage

MCP404-1 2.5 Gbit/s; 10 Gbit/s; 40 Gbit/s

40 channels (within 100 GHz grid) monitoring

MCP404-2 2.5 Gbit/s; 10 Gbit/s 40 channels (within 100 GHz grid) monitoring

MCP4-1 2.5 Gbit/s; 10 Gbit/s; 40 Gbit/s

80 channels (within 50 GHz grid) monitoring

The MCP4x-x card is used for:

• In-service measurement of optical channel power levels of the 40 channels on a 100 GHz grid at the source monitoring output port which is used for all optical amplifier card types as well as for the OSC termination card (LIFB-1).

• Measurement of an automated enhanced pre-emphasis configuration on an optical pre-emphasis section (i.e., a link with full channel multiplexing/demultiplexing). Using MCP4xx-x card at the beginning and end of a link in combination with an attenuator card, provides a fully automated optical link commissioning and an in service channel upgrade.

• Measurement of an automatic in-service amplifier tilt control. Using MCP4xx-x card at the beginning and end of a link, allows tilt correction values to be distributed over the whole link.

• Automatic performance measurement and supervision of optical carriers with autonomous start of measurement cycle every 300 seconds.

Page 121: Hardware & Functionality - xa.yimg.comxa.yimg.com/.../name/04_FT22124EN03GLA0_hardware_functionality.… · Hardware & Functionality ... Installation and Test Manual ... SURPASS hiT

Hardware & Functionality

FT22124EN03GLA0 © 2011 Nokia Siemens Networks

121

There is three different types of the channel power monitor card are available:

The MCP4x-x card is used for:● In-service measurement of optical channel power levels of all channels● Measurement of an automated enhanced pre-emphasis configuration ● Measurement of an automatic in-service amplifier tilt control ● Automatic performance measurement and supervision of optical carriers

Fig. 112

MCP4x-x

Optical Spectrum Analyzer(OSA)

Optical Switch

Optical Coupler

MonP1

Tap 1Optical Coupler

MonP2

Tap 2Optical Coupler

MonP3

Tap 3Optical Coupler

MonP4

Tap 4

Fig. 113 Channel power monitor (MCP4x-x) card

Page 122: Hardware & Functionality - xa.yimg.comxa.yimg.com/.../name/04_FT22124EN03GLA0_hardware_functionality.… · Hardware & Functionality ... Installation and Test Manual ... SURPASS hiT

Hardware & Functionality

FT22124EN03GLA0

© 2011 Nokia Siemens Networks 122

2.7.14 Optical Transient Suppression Card (OTSC)

In addition, a new Optical Transient Suppression for C-band card (OTSC-1) is introduced. It provides Transient Suppression Channels (TSCh), which are permanently powered to prevent the build up of transients and can instantaneously replace power of dropped channels if most of the transmission channels are lost. The OTSC-1 placement is a good choice when the customer has extremely rigid requirements on transient behavior. If there are no specific requirements, the transient performance of hiT 7300 without OTSC-1 is sufficient.

The advantage of the OTSC-1 is that it allows the reduction of the planned transient margin in the link design, thus improving reach and lowering cost of the hardware. Additionally it can be added to any existing link to improve transient tolerance, without any other change of hardware required. The card offers the following functionality:

• 96 channel spectral range, suitable for DCM-free networks with 40G/100G CP-QPSK technology

• Transient protection for up to 80 traffic channels within the 96 channel plan

• 6 channels used for transient suppression channels, each with 2 x polarization multiplexed lasers (these channels are blocked for transmission – in addition, immediate adjacent channels are blocked as well, to optimize transient protection)

• 2 transient cards needed for each bi-directional Optical Multiplex Section (OMS) of the network (the transient channels are coupled in before the booster amplifier and blocked at the end of the OMS by the WSS)

• Enhanced transient performance of up to 10dB drops within 100ms

Page 123: Hardware & Functionality - xa.yimg.comxa.yimg.com/.../name/04_FT22124EN03GLA0_hardware_functionality.… · Hardware & Functionality ... Installation and Test Manual ... SURPASS hiT

Hardware & Functionality

FT22124EN03GLA0 © 2011 Nokia Siemens Networks

123

Fig. 114 HW layout

Page 124: Hardware & Functionality - xa.yimg.comxa.yimg.com/.../name/04_FT22124EN03GLA0_hardware_functionality.… · Hardware & Functionality ... Installation and Test Manual ... SURPASS hiT

Hardware & Functionality

FT22124EN03GLA0

© 2011 Nokia Siemens Networks 124

2.7.15 Flow Sensor Card (CFSU)

The CFSU card serves as a flow sensor unit to supervise the hiT 7300 shelf on sufficient air flow. The CFSU measures the amount of air flow through the shelf by also taking the absolute air pressure and the air temperature into consideration.

The CSFU card is an optional card which is useful in particular if a NE is installed within dusty environments in order to give an early indication on insufficient air flow due to a clogged dust filter within a hiT 7300 shelf. In order to ensure reliable measurement of the air flow, the CFSU card must be used in the high flow region of the fan to ensure maximum airflow conditions, for this purpose the card must always be plugged within slot #1 (left-most slot of a hiT 7300 shelf) and the right hand neighbor slot must not be empty.

The CFSU card included the following integrated sensors:

• Air flow sensor;

• Absolute air pressure sensor;

• Temperature sensor.

The CFSU card is optimized for the specific air filter media used in hiT 7300 standard shelf.

When the air flow is below a specific level this condition is alarmed so that the dust filter mat within the fan unit (CFS) of the hiT 7300 shelf should be replaced. Additionally there is a timer so that the filter mat is replaced after 6 up to 18 months of use anyway. At each cycle of determining the dust contamination of the dust filter mat all fans within the CFS fan tray are accelerated to top speed for 3 minutes and released to their normal operating speed afterwards. The time interval between each measurement cycle is configurable from 1 to 255 hours in steps of 1 hour.

At the front panel of the CFSU card there are 3 LED's for signaling different conditions and a button for restarting the 12 month timer.

• A red LED signals that a fault has occurred (CFSU card problem);

• A green LED signals faultless operation;

• A yellow LED signals that the dust filter mat has to be replaced;

TIP The restart button causes a restart of the 12 month timer when pressed for more than 5s.

Page 125: Hardware & Functionality - xa.yimg.comxa.yimg.com/.../name/04_FT22124EN03GLA0_hardware_functionality.… · Hardware & Functionality ... Installation and Test Manual ... SURPASS hiT

Hardware & Functionality

FT22124EN03GLA0 © 2011 Nokia Siemens Networks

125

● The CFSU card measures the amount of air flow through the shelf;● The CSFU card is useful in particular if a NE is installed within dusty environments; ● The CFSU card included the following integrated sensors:

Air flow sensor; Absolute air pressure sensor; Temperature sensor.

● The CFSU card has a timer so that the filter mat is replaced after 6 up to 18 months of use anyway;

● CFSU card can also be used for management of dispersion compensation modules, which are plugged within external DCM shelves;

Flow Sensor Card (CFSU)

Fig. 115

Fig. 116 FSC

In addition to air flow supervision, the CFSU card can also be used for management of dispersion compensation modules which are plugged within external DCM shelves and therefore do not have a direct internal management interface to the NE controller (CCxP) of a NE. For this purpose the CFSU card provides a front panel connector (SUBD) for an electrical SPI interface which can optionally be connected to an external DCM shelf for access of up to 4 plugged dispersion compensation modules, which can then be managed by the NE controller.

Page 126: Hardware & Functionality - xa.yimg.comxa.yimg.com/.../name/04_FT22124EN03GLA0_hardware_functionality.… · Hardware & Functionality ... Installation and Test Manual ... SURPASS hiT

Hardware & Functionality

FT22124EN03GLA0

© 2011 Nokia Siemens Networks 126

2.7.16 Dispersion Module Management Card (CDMM)

The CDMM card can optionally be used for management of dispersion compensation modules which are plugged within external DCM shelves and therefore do not have a direct internal management interface to the NE controller (CCxP) of a NE. For this purpose the CDMM card provides a front panel connector (SUBD) for an electrical SPI interface which can optionally be connected to an external DCM shelf for access of up to 4 plugged dispersion compensation modules, which can then be managed by the NE controller.

The CDMM card can be used within any slot of a hiT 7300 standard shelf or a hiT 7300 flatpack shelf. The CDMM card occupies 1 slot (30mm).

● The CDMM card is used for management of dispersion compensation modules, which are plugged within external DCM shelves, where up to 4 plugged dispersion compensation modules can be managed by the NE controller .

● CDMM card provides a front panel connector (SUBD) for an electrical SPI interface. ● The CDMM card can be used within any slot of a hiT 7300 standard shelf

or a hiT 7300 flatpack shelf. ● The CDMM card occupies 1 slot.

Dispersion Module Management Card (CDMM)

Fig. 117

Fig. 118 CDMM Card

Page 127: Hardware & Functionality - xa.yimg.comxa.yimg.com/.../name/04_FT22124EN03GLA0_hardware_functionality.… · Hardware & Functionality ... Installation and Test Manual ... SURPASS hiT

Hardware & Functionality

FT22124EN03GLA0 © 2011 Nokia Siemens Networks

127

3 SURPASS hiT7300 NE Types

hiT 7300NE Types

!

Fig. 119 NE Types

Page 128: Hardware & Functionality - xa.yimg.comxa.yimg.com/.../name/04_FT22124EN03GLA0_hardware_functionality.… · Hardware & Functionality ... Installation and Test Manual ... SURPASS hiT

Hardware & Functionality

FT22124EN03GLA0

© 2011 Nokia Siemens Networks 128

SURPASS hiT7300 offers three basic Network Element Types which are:

• OLR – Optical Line Repeater;

• ONN – Optical Network Node;

• SON (SONF)– Standalone Optical Node.(Flatpack)

The following table lists all SURPASS hiT7300 available NE's types:

NE Subtype Description

OLR n.a. Optical Line Repeater

Used for optical signal amplification with dispersion compensation.

Terminates 2 spans.

ONN-T (80)

Optical termination node for realization of a Terminal 1/2 OADM with up to 40 (80) channels. Used for amplification, dispersion compensation, and full add/drop within an optical path.

ONN-I (80)

Optical interconnection node for realization of a FullAccess OADM or Flexible OADM with up to 40 (80) channels. Used for amplification, dispersion compensation, and full add/drop.

ONN-R (80)

Optical interconnection node for realization of a FullAccess OADM or Reconfigurable OADM (ROADM) with up to 40 (80) channels. Used for amplification, dispersion compensation, and partial or full add/drop.

ONN-R2 Cost optimized ROADM for 2 degree ONN with EOL 40 channel capacity. Used for amplification, dispersion compensation, and partial or full add/drop.

ONN-RT (80)

Tunable ROADM for 40 (80) channels. It has a limited add drop capacity of 8 ch @ EOL 40 or 16 ch @ EOL 80 channels.

ONN-S Optical interconnection node for realization of Small OADM. Used for amplification, dispersion compensation, and partial add/drop within a link.

ONN-X (80)

Optical interconnection node for realization of a PXC with up to 40 (80) channels. Used for amplification, dispersion compensation, and partial or full add/drop.

ONN

ONN-X96

Optical cross connect for 96 channels using DCM free network technology.

SON SON

SONF

Standalone Optical Node used for:

Passive optical multiplexing/demultiplexing optionally combined with transponder application.

Pure transponder application.

Long single span transmission by inter-working with RMH07, 1RU, and 2RU series from MPBC.

Page 129: Hardware & Functionality - xa.yimg.comxa.yimg.com/.../name/04_FT22124EN03GLA0_hardware_functionality.… · Hardware & Functionality ... Installation and Test Manual ... SURPASS hiT

Hardware & Functionality

FT22124EN03GLA0 © 2011 Nokia Siemens Networks

129

OLR(Optical

Line Repeater)

OLR(Optical

Line Repeater)

ONN-T(Optical Network

Node Termination)

ONN-X (Remotely

reconfigurable PXC)

ONN-I(Optical Network

Node Interconnection)

ONN-R(Optical Network Node

Remotely reconfigurable)

ONN-S(Optical Network

Node Small OADM)

SON(Standalone Optical Node)

SON(Standalone Optical Node)

SON(Standalone Optical Node)

SURPASS hiT7300 Network Element Types

Depending from the NE type up to 40 shelves with up to 350 active cards (e.g. transponder, optical amplifier), can be supported

Fig. 120 SURPASS hiT7300 Network Element Types_1

Standalone Optical Node used for:Passive optical multiplexing/demultiplexing optionally combined with transponder application.Pure transponder application.Long single span transmission by inter-working with RMH07, 1RU, and 2RU series from MPBC.

SONSONF

SON

Optical interconnection node for realization of a PXC with up to 40 (80) channels. Used for amplification, dispersion compensation, and partial or full add/drop.

ONN-X (80 / 96)

Optical interconnection node for realization of Small OADM. Used for amplification, dispersion compensation, and partial add/drop within a link.

ONN-S

Tunable ROADM for 40 (80) channels. It has a limited add drop capacity of 8 ch @ EOL 40 or 16 ch @ EOL 80 channels.

ONN-RT (80)

Cost optimized ROADM for 2 degree ONN with EOL 40 channel capacity. Used for amplification, dispersion compensation, and partial or full add/drop.

ONN-R2

Optical interconnection node for realization of a FullAccess OADM or Reconfigurable OADM (ROADM) with up to 40 (80) channels. Used for amplification, dispersioncompensation, and partial or full add/drop.

ONN-R (80)

Optical interconnection node for realization of a FullAccess OADM or Flexible OADM with up to 40 (80) channels. Used for amplification, dispersion compensation, and full add/drop.

ONN-I (80)

Optical termination node for realization of a Terminal 1/2 OADM with up to 40 (80) channels. Used for amplification, dispersion compensation, and full add/drop within an optical path.

ONN-T (80)ONN

Optical Line Repeater Used for optical signal amplification with dispersion compensation.Terminates 2 spans.

n.a.OLR

DescriptionSubtypeNE

Fig. 121 SURPASS hiT7300 Network Element Types_2

Page 130: Hardware & Functionality - xa.yimg.comxa.yimg.com/.../name/04_FT22124EN03GLA0_hardware_functionality.… · Hardware & Functionality ... Installation and Test Manual ... SURPASS hiT

Hardware & Functionality

FT22124EN03GLA0

© 2011 Nokia Siemens Networks 130

3.1 Optical Line Repeater (OLR) Network Element The OLR is a DWDM NE which supports:

• The following card types:

– Controller cards

– Inline amplifier cards

– External pump cards

– Dispersion compensation module cards

• Raman amplification together with one line amplifier card.

• Two bidirectional OSC terminations within a single shelf.

• Power reduction to class 1M (APSD) for laser safety on line, with and without Raman amplification.

The OLR is used for amplification, channel power boost, power tilt adjustment, and dispersion compensation in a single-shelf realization, even when Raman pump cards are required.

The OLR is used as a repeater for optical DWDM signals in both 40-channel and 80-channel DWDM transmission systems. The OLR network element structure consists per transmission direction of an optical inline amplifier card with optional external pump card (PL-1), and optional Raman pump card (PRC-1) for maximum span reach. Dispersion compensation for an optical span is applied at the interstage access ports of the related inline amplifier, either as Dispersion Compensation Module (DCM) cards within the shelf, or as separate modules in managed Unidirectional Dispersion Compensation Module (UDCM) trays, depending on the specific fiber type and the required compensation value.

Page 131: Hardware & Functionality - xa.yimg.comxa.yimg.com/.../name/04_FT22124EN03GLA0_hardware_functionality.… · Hardware & Functionality ... Installation and Test Manual ... SURPASS hiT

Hardware & Functionality

FT22124EN03GLA0 © 2011 Nokia Siemens Networks

131

Fig. 122 Block diagram OLR

CC

EP

DxxxxS

MF

PR

C

LA

LI

LA

LI

DxxxxS

MF

PL

PL

PR

C

Fig. 123 Example of OLR NE sub-rack equipping

Page 132: Hardware & Functionality - xa.yimg.comxa.yimg.com/.../name/04_FT22124EN03GLA0_hardware_functionality.… · Hardware & Functionality ... Installation and Test Manual ... SURPASS hiT

Hardware & Functionality

FT22124EN03GLA0

© 2011 Nokia Siemens Networks 132

3.2 Optical Network Node (ONN) The ONN is a multi-degree optical network node which terminates multiple Optical Multiplex Sections (OMS) by optical multiplexing/demultiplexing of individual optical channels/wavelengths. The number of OMS links terminated by an ONN determines the nodal degree of the ONN.

An ONN realizes a comprehensive family of optical DWDM network elements for implementing fixed Optical Terminal nodes as well as fixed or remotely reconfigurable Optical Add/Drop Multiplexers (OADM or ROADM) and Photonic Cross-Connects (PXC) for multi-degree nodes switching and aggregating traffic from multiple directions.

Filter Structure Filter Structure ONN Sub-type

Flexible Full Access

ONN Sub-type

Flexible Full Access

ONN-T 40 X X ONN-R 40/80 X

ONN-T 80 X ONN-X 40/80 X

ONN-I 40 X X ONN-S X

ONN-I 80 X ONN-R2 X

ONN-RT40 X ONN-RT80 X

In case of flexible filter structure the filter structures for the different EOL channel counts are flexible with respect to the channel upgrade sequence. The following Table shows the example of upgrade sequence chart. The actual task of wavelength planning and card selection is fully automated and performed by TransNet engineering and planning tool.

EOL Channel Count

12 ch. 20 ch. 32 ch. 40 ch.

Upgrade Chart

Filter Type Filter Type Filter Type Filter Type

1st F04MDU08 F04MDU08 F04MDUC08 F08SB+F04MDN06

2nd F04MDU06 F08SB+F04MDN06 F08SB+F04MDN06 F04MDN05

3rd F04MDU05 F04MDN05 F04MDN05 F16SBR+F04MDN08

4th F04MDN07 F16SBR+F04MDN07 F04MDN07

5th F04MDN04 F04MDN09 F04MDN09

6th F04MDN10 F04MDN10

7th F16SBB+F04MDN04 F16SBB+F04MDN04

8th F04MDN03 F04MDN03

9th F04MDN02

10th F04MDNC01

Page 133: Hardware & Functionality - xa.yimg.comxa.yimg.com/.../name/04_FT22124EN03GLA0_hardware_functionality.… · Hardware & Functionality ... Installation and Test Manual ... SURPASS hiT

Hardware & Functionality

FT22124EN03GLA0 © 2011 Nokia Siemens Networks

133

Optical Network Node (ONN) Optical Network Node (ONN)

Fig. 124 Optical Network Node (ONN)

Upgrade sequence chart (flexible filter structure ) Upgrade sequence chart (flexible filter structure )

Fig. 125 Upgrade sequence chart

Page 134: Hardware & Functionality - xa.yimg.comxa.yimg.com/.../name/04_FT22124EN03GLA0_hardware_functionality.… · Hardware & Functionality ... Installation and Test Manual ... SURPASS hiT

Hardware & Functionality

FT22124EN03GLA0

© 2011 Nokia Siemens Networks 134

3.2.1 Examples of Flexible filter structure

Flexible filter structure for EOL=12 The following figure displays the filter structure for EOL=12 with the upgrade path from the first channel (group) to the last channel (group). The three 4-channel sub-bands (Cxx) are located within the flat region of the optical amplifier band. The upgrade path allows any upgrade order for three 4-channel sub-bands.

Cx

F04MDN-1

λi λj λk λl

F04MDU-1

λi λj λk λl

Cy

F04MDU-1

λi λj λk λl

Cz

LAxB

DWDM Line

preamp

booster

LAxP

(C05, C06, C08)(C05, C06, C08)(C05, C06, C08)

1st channel group2nd channel group3rd channel group

ONN-T; Optical Terminal (12 Channels End-of-Life Capacity)ONN-T; Optical Terminal (12 Channels End-of-Life Capacity)

Fig. 126 Example of Flexible filter structure for EOL=12

Flexible filter structure for EOL=20 The following figure displays the basic filter structure for EOL=20 with the upgrade path from the first channel (group) to the last channel (group). The upgrade path allows any upgrade order for these sub-bands.

F08SB-1C01,C02,C03,C04

C07,C08,C09,C10

C05

C06

F04MDN-1

λi λj λk λl

F04MDN-1

λi λj λk λl

F04MDN-1

λi λj λk λl

F04MDN-1

λi λj λk λl

F04MDU-1

λi λj λk λl

LAxB

DWDM Line

preamp

booster

LAxP

(C07 or C08)

(C08 or C07)

(C04)

(C05)

(C06)

ONN-T; Optical Terminal (20 Channels End-of-Life Capacity)ONN-T; Optical Terminal (20 Channels End-of-Life Capacity)

Fig. 127 Example of Flexible filter structure for EOL=20

Page 135: Hardware & Functionality - xa.yimg.comxa.yimg.com/.../name/04_FT22124EN03GLA0_hardware_functionality.… · Hardware & Functionality ... Installation and Test Manual ... SURPASS hiT

Hardware & Functionality

FT22124EN03GLA0 © 2011 Nokia Siemens Networks

135

Flexible filter structure for EOL=32 The following figure displays the basic filter structure for EOL=32 with the upgrade path from the first channel (group) to the last channel (group). The upgrade path allows any upgrade order for these sub-bands.

F04MDN-1

λiλj λk

λl

F08SB-1

C01,C02,C03,C04

C07,C08,C09,C10

C05

C06

F16SB-1 (blue)

C01C02C03C04

F16SB-1 (red)

C07C08C09C10

F04MDN-1

λiλj λk λl

F04MDN-1

λiλj λk

λl F04MDN-1

λiλj λk

λl F04MDN-1

λiλj λk

λl

F04MDN-1

λiλj λk

λl

F04MDN-1

λiλj λk

λl LAxBDWDM

Line

preamp

booster

LAxP

(C03)

(C04 )

(C 07 or C 08

(C 08 or C 09

(C10)

(C05)

(C06)

F04MDU-1

λi λj λk λl

(C07 or C08 or C09)

ONN-T; Optical Terminal (32 Channels End-of-Life Capacity)

ONN-T; Optical Terminal (32 Channels End-of-Life Capacity)

Fig. 128 Example of Flexible filter structure for EOL=32

Flexible filter structure for EOL=40 The following figure displays the basic filter structure for EOL=40 with the upgrade path from the first channel (group) to the last channel (group). The upgrade path allows any upgrade order for these sub-bands. The F08SB-1 card with the red/blue band splitter is always required.

F04MDN-1

λi

λj

λk

λl

F08SB-1

C01,C02,C03,C04

C07,C08,C09,C10

C05

C06

F16SB-1 (blue)

C01

C02

C03

C04

F16SB-1 (red)

C07

C08

C09C10

F04MDN-1

λi

λj

λk

λl

F04MDN-1

λi

λj

λk

λl

F04MDN-1

λi

λj

λk

λl

F04MDN-1

λi

λj

λk

λl

F04MDN-1

λi

λj

λk

λl

F04MDN-1

λi

λj

λk

λl

F04MDN-1

λi

λj

λk

λl

F04MDN-1

λi

λj

λk

λl

F04MDN-1

λi

λj

λk

λl

LAxB

DWDM Line

preamp

booster

LAxP

(C06)

(C10)

(C05)

(C04)

ONN-T; Optical Terminal (40 Channels

End-of-Life Capacity)

ONN-T; Optical Terminal (40 Channels

End-of-Life Capacity)

Fig. 129 Example of Flexible filter structure for EOL=40

Page 136: Hardware & Functionality - xa.yimg.comxa.yimg.com/.../name/04_FT22124EN03GLA0_hardware_functionality.… · Hardware & Functionality ... Installation and Test Manual ... SURPASS hiT

Hardware & Functionality

FT22124EN03GLA0

© 2011 Nokia Siemens Networks 136

3.2.2 Optical Network Node - Terminal, (ONN-T)

The ONN-T is a DWDM NE which is used in Terminal 1/2 OADM architecture. It multiplexes and demultiplexes all channels. The basic ONN-T structure consists of transponder cards, filter cards, and optical line amplifier cards (with optional external pump card(s) and with optional Raman pump card for maximum span reach). Dispersion compensation for an optical span is applied at the interstage access ports of the related amplifier, either as DCM cards within the shelf, or as separate modules in managed UDCM trays, depending on the specific fiber type and the required compensation value.

Flexible ONN-T StructureFlexible ONN-T Structure

Optical Amplifier, DCM, optional cards

(optional)

(optional)

(optional) (optional)

DCM Pump

Booster

DCMPump

Ramanpump

MC

P4xx

OS

A

( optio

nal)

Pre-Amplifier

OpticalMUX/DMUX

VOA cards,or fixed atten.

flexible subbandstructure

Transponder/Muxponder

10G

2.5G

2.5G

40G

bidirectionalcards

Fig. 130 Flexible Optical Terminal ONN-T

Page 137: Hardware & Functionality - xa.yimg.comxa.yimg.com/.../name/04_FT22124EN03GLA0_hardware_functionality.… · Hardware & Functionality ... Installation and Test Manual ... SURPASS hiT

Hardware & Functionality

FT22124EN03GLA0 © 2011 Nokia Siemens Networks

137

Optical Amplifier, DCM, optional cards

(optional)

(optional)

(optional) (optional)

DCM Pump

Booster

DCMPump

Ramanpump

MC

P4

xx

OS

A

(op

tion

al )

Pre-Amplifier

OpticalMUX/DMUX

VOA cards,or fixed atten.

also possible as single VMUX card (F40V)

also possible as single VMUX card (F40V)

F40

F40

Transponder/Muxponder

10G

2.5G

2.5G

40G

unidirectionalcards

FullAccess ONN-T StructureFullAccess ONN-T Structure

Fig. 131 FullAccess Optical Terminal ONN-T

AWG structure

MUX/DMUX cards

F40(V)/O

F40(V)/S

F40(V)/O

F40(V)/S

F80

MD

I

Interleavercard

VOA cards or fixed attenuators

Transponder/Muxponder

10G

2.5G

2.5G

40G

combined VOA+MUX function on F40V cards

Optical Amplifier, DCM, optional cards

(optional)

(optional) (optional)DCM Pump

Booster

DCMPump

MC

P4xx

OS

A

(op

t iona

l)

Pre-Amplifier

(optional)

Ramanpump

combined VOA+MUX function on F40V cards

ONN-T 80 StructureONN-T 80 Structure

Fig. 132 ONN-T 80 structure

Page 138: Hardware & Functionality - xa.yimg.comxa.yimg.com/.../name/04_FT22124EN03GLA0_hardware_functionality.… · Hardware & Functionality ... Installation and Test Manual ... SURPASS hiT

Hardware & Functionality

FT22124EN03GLA0

© 2011 Nokia Siemens Networks 138

3.2.3 Optical Network Node - Interconnect (ONN-I)

The ONN-I is a DWDM NE which is used in Flexible or FullAccess OADM architecture. It is used for amplification, dispersion compensation, termination of links, and optical channel termination via transponders. The basic ONN-I structure consists of transponder cards (if channels termination is required), filter cards, and optical line amplifier cards (with optional external pump card(s) and with optional Raman pump card for maximum span reach). Dispersion compensation for an optical span is applied at the interstage access ports of the related amplifier, either as Dispersion Compensation Module (DCM) cards within the shelf, or as separate modules in managed UDCM trays depending on the specific fiber type and the required compensation value.

direction 1

Optical Amplifier, DCM, optional cards

(optional)

(optional) (optional)DCM Pump

Booster

DCMPump

MC

P4

xxO

SA

( option

al)

Pre-Amplifier

(optional)

Ramanpump

Optical Amplifier, DCM, optional cards

(optional)

(optional)(optional)DCMPump

Booster

DCM Pump

MC

P4

xxO

SA

(op

tiona

l)

Pre-Amplifier

(optional)

Ramanpump

VOA cards or fixed attenuators

OpticalMUX/DMUX

cards

flexible subbandstructure

OpticalMUX/DMUX

cards

flexible subbandstructure

pass-through

pass-through

dro

p

ad

d

add

dro

p

direction 2

Tra

ns

po

nde

r /M

ux

po

nd

er

10G

2.5

G

2.5

G

40G

VOA cards or fixed attenuators

bidirectionalcards

bidirectionalcards

ONN-I Flexible Structure; Nodal degree 2ONN-I Flexible Structure; Nodal degree 2

Fig. 133 Optical Network Node - Interconnect (ONN-I)

Page 139: Hardware & Functionality - xa.yimg.comxa.yimg.com/.../name/04_FT22124EN03GLA0_hardware_functionality.… · Hardware & Functionality ... Installation and Test Manual ... SURPASS hiT

Hardware & Functionality

FT22124EN03GLA0 © 2011 Nokia Siemens Networks

139

OpticalMUX/DMUX

cards

AWG structure

F40

F40

unid

i recio

nal

card

s

direction 1

Optical Amplifier, DCM, optional cards

(optional)

(optional) (optional)DCM Pump

Booster

DCMPump

MC

P4

xxO

SA

( option

al)

Pre-Amplifier

(optional)

Ramanpump

Optical Amplifier, DCM, optional cards

(optional)

(optional)(optional)DCMPump

Booster

DCM Pump

MC

P4

xxO

SA

(op

tiona

l)

Pre-Amplifier

(optional)

Ramanpump

VOA cards or fixed attenuators

pass-through

pass-through

dro

p

a dd

add

dro

p

direction 2

Tra

ns

po

nde

r /M

ux

po

nd

er

10G

2.5

G

2.5

G

40G

VOA cards or fixed attenuators

OpticalMUX/DMUX

cards

AWG structure

F40

F40 uni

dire

cio

nal

card

s

also possible as single VMUX

card F40V

also possible as single VMUX

card F40V

ONN-I FullAccess Structure; Nodal degree 2ONN-I FullAccess Structure; Nodal degree 2

Fig. 134 Optical Network Node - Interconnect (ONN-I)

VOA cards or fixed attenuators

direction 1

Optical Amplifier, DCM, optional cards

(optional)

DCMPump

Booster

DCM Pump

MC

P4 xxO

SA

(o pt ional)

Pre-Amplifier

(optional)

Ramanpump

(optional) (optional)

F80

MD

I

Interleavercard

AWG structure

MUX/DMUX cards

F40(V)/O

F40(V)/S

F40/O

F40/S

F80

MD

I

Interleavercard

VOA cards or fixed attenuators

pass-through

drop

add

a dd

drop

direction 2

Tran

spo

nder

/M

uxp

ond

er

10G

2.5G

2.5G

40G

combined VOA+MUX function on F40V cards

Optical Amplifier, DCM, optional cards

(optional)

(optional) (optional)DCM Pump

Booster

DCMPump

MC

P4xx

OS

A

(opti onal )

Pre-Amplifier

(optional)

Ramanpump

AWG structure

MUX/DMUX cards

F40/O

F40/S

F40(V)/O

F40(V)/S

pass-through

combined VOA+MUX function on F40V cards

direction 1

ONN-I FullAccess Structure, 80 Channels; Nodal degree 2ONN-I FullAccess Structure,

80 Channels; Nodal degree 2

Fig. 135 Optical Network Node - Interconnect (ONN-I)

Page 140: Hardware & Functionality - xa.yimg.comxa.yimg.com/.../name/04_FT22124EN03GLA0_hardware_functionality.… · Hardware & Functionality ... Installation and Test Manual ... SURPASS hiT

Hardware & Functionality

FT22124EN03GLA0

© 2011 Nokia Siemens Networks 140

3.2.4 Optical Network Node - Reconfigurable (ONN-R)

The ONN-R is a DWDM NE which is used in FullAccess OADM, or ROADM architectures by combining the functions of optical channel multiplexing/demultiplexing and optical channel (wavelengths) switching to a very compact solution of a (remotely) reconfigurable optical add/drop multiplexer with 100% access to all 40 optical channels on a DWDM line interface. The basic ONN-R structure consists of transponder cards (if channels termination is required), filter cards (F40MR-1 cards and F40-1 cards if add/drop of a single channel is required), optical line amplifier cards (with optional external pump card(s) and with optional Raman pump card for maximum span reach). Dispersion compensation for an optical span is applied at the interstage access ports of the related amplifier, either as DCM cards within the shelf, or as separate modules in managed UDCM trays depending on the specific fiber type and the required compensation value.

VOA cards or fixed attenuators

(not in case of F40V)

OpticalMUX/DMUX/ROADM

cards

Direction 1 Direction 2

pass-throughtraffic

F40(V)

...

...

local add

local add

local drop

λi

F40MR

λi

F40MR

local drop

Optical Amplifier, DCM, optional cards

(optional)

DCM Pump

Booster

DCMPump

MC

P4xx

OSA

(opt

iona

l)

Pre-Amplifier

(optional)

Ramanpump

(optional) (optional)

Optical Amplifier, DCM, optional cards

(optional)

(optional)(optional)DCMPump

Booster

DCM Pump

MC

P4x

xO

SA

(opt

iona

l)

Pre-Amplifier

(optional)

Ramanpump

F40(V)

Tran

spo

nder

/M

uxp

ond

er

10G

2.5

G

2.5

G

40G

pass-throughtraffic

ONN-R; Nodal degree 2ONN-R; Nodal degree 2

Fig. 136

Page 141: Hardware & Functionality - xa.yimg.comxa.yimg.com/.../name/04_FT22124EN03GLA0_hardware_functionality.… · Hardware & Functionality ... Installation and Test Manual ... SURPASS hiT

Hardware & Functionality

FT22124EN03GLA0 © 2011 Nokia Siemens Networks

141

OpticalMUX/DMUX/ROADM

cards

Direction 1Direction 2

local drop

...

F40

...

...

local add

local add

local drop

local add

local drop

λi

F40MR

λi

F40MR

Dir

ectio

n3

Optical Amplifier, DCM, optional cards

(optional)

(optional)(optional)DCMPump

Booster

DCM Pump

MC

P4x

xO

SA

(opt

iona

l)

Pre-Amplifier

(optional)

Ramanpump

Optical Amplifier, DCM, optional cards

(optional)

DCM Pump

Booster

DCMPump

MC

P4x

xO

SA

(opt

iona

l)

Pre-Amplifier

(optional)

Ramanpump

(optional) (optional)

Opt

ical

Am

plif

ier,

DC

M,op

tiona

lcar

ds

(optio

nal)

(op t

iona

l)(o

ptio

nal)

DC

MP

ump

Boos

t er

DC

MP

ump

MCP4xxOSA

(optional)

Pr e

-Am

plifi

er

(opt

iona

l)

Ram

anpu m

p

pass-throughtraffic

pass-throughtraffic

F40(V)

F40(V)

VOA cards /fixed atten.(not in case

of F40V)

...

F40(V)

ONN-R; Nodal degree 3ONN-R; Nodal degree 3

Fig. 137

Optical MUX /DMUX andWSS cards

Direction 2

pass-throughtraffic

local drop

pass-throughtraffic

local add

local add local drop

Direction 1

Optical Amplifier, DCM, optional cards

(optional)

(optional) (optional)DCM Pump

Booster

DCMPump

MC

P4

xxO

SA

Pre-Amplifier

(optional)

Ramanpump

Direction 1

Optical Amplifier, DCM, optional cards

(optional)

DCMPump

Booster

DCM Pump

MC

P4

xxO

SA

Pre-Amplifier

(optional)

Ramanpump

(optional) (optional)

F8

0DC

I

F06MR 80

WSS

F4

0V

/OF4

0V/S

F40

/O

F40/S

F80

DC

I

F06MR80

WSS

F4

0V

/O

F4

0V

/S

F4

0/O

F40

/S

Tra

ns

po

nd

er/

Mu

xpo

nd

er

10

G

2.5

G

2.5

G

40

G

ONN-R 80; Nodal degree 2ONN-R 80; Nodal degree 2

Fig. 138

Page 142: Hardware & Functionality - xa.yimg.comxa.yimg.com/.../name/04_FT22124EN03GLA0_hardware_functionality.… · Hardware & Functionality ... Installation and Test Manual ... SURPASS hiT

Hardware & Functionality

FT22124EN03GLA0

© 2011 Nokia Siemens Networks 142

3.2.5 Optical Network Node – Small, ONN-S

The ONN-S is a 40-channel DWDM NE in Small OADM architecture. It is used for amplification and link start-up of add/drop-channels within an optical path. The ONN-S is cost-optimized for network applications with only a small number of add/drop-channels at intermediate sites, where up to 8 channels out of two 4-channel sub-bands can be added/dropped from each of the 2 line directions.

The ONN-S only uses a partial optical multiplexing/demultiplexing scheme for the channels to be locally accessed, while all other optical channels are automatically passed-through as express traffic.

Each line interface of the ONN-S structure consists of an optical booster and pre-amplifier, dispersion compensation cards, and optional external pump card(s) and Raman pump card for the booster. The ONN-S has a maximum add/drop capacity of 8 channels. Channels that are dropped at an ONN-S are terminated at the client equipment.

Page 143: Hardware & Functionality - xa.yimg.comxa.yimg.com/.../name/04_FT22124EN03GLA0_hardware_functionality.… · Hardware & Functionality ... Installation and Test Manual ... SURPASS hiT

Hardware & Functionality

FT22124EN03GLA0 © 2011 Nokia Siemens Networks

143

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Optical MUX /DMUX cards

Direction 1 Direction 2

localadd/drop

Optical Amplifier , DCM , optional cards

(optional)

(optional) (optional)DCM Pump

Booster

DCMPump

Pre -Amplifier

(optional)

Ramanpump

Optical Amplifier , DCM , optional cards

(optional)

(optional )(optional )DCMPump

Booster

DCM Pump

Pre -Amplifier

(optional)

Ramanpump

Op

tica

lA

tte

nu

a to

rc

ard

s

localadd/drop

2.5

G

2.5

G

10

G

10 G

Tra

ns

pon

der

card

s

up to 2x 4 channels add /dropto/from direction 1

up to 2x 4 channels add /dropto/ from direction 2

subband x subband xsubband y subband y

Optical Network Node–Small, ONN-SOptical Network Node–Small, ONN-S

Fig. 139 Optical Network Node – Small, ONN-S

Page 144: Hardware & Functionality - xa.yimg.comxa.yimg.com/.../name/04_FT22124EN03GLA0_hardware_functionality.… · Hardware & Functionality ... Installation and Test Manual ... SURPASS hiT

Hardware & Functionality

FT22124EN03GLA0

© 2011 Nokia Siemens Networks 144

3.2.6 Optical Network Node - ONN-R2

ONN-R2 is a ROADM with F02MR-1 nodal degree 2.

The ONN-R2 is a 40-channel DWDM NE which is used in a ROADM architecture to provide optical channel multiplexing/demultiplexing and optical channel (wavelengths) switching in a very compact solution of a remotely reconfigurable optical add/drop multiplexer with 100% access to all 40 optical channels on a DWDM line interface.

When compared with the ONN-R, the ONN-R2 is restricted to nodal degree 2 applications and his basic structure consists of transponder cards (if channels termination is required), filter cards (two F02MR-1 and four F40(V)-1 or F04MDU-1 cards for local add/drop), optical line amplifier cards (with optional external pump card(s) (PL-1) and with optional Raman pump card (PRC-1) for maximum span reach). Dispersion compensation for an optical span is applied at the interstage access ports of the related amplifier, either as DCM cards within the shelf, or as separate modules in managed UDCM trays depending on the specific fiber type and the required compensation value The ONN-R2 is a more cost optimized alternative to the ONN-R in applications that do not require a higher nodal degree or low add-loss.

Any OTN using ONN-R2 NEs provides a dynamic wavelength provisioning across the DWDM network, therefore, allowing a modification of the customer traffic demands without manual equipment installation at intermediate locations by local field service personnel (OPEX reduction).

ONN-R2 StructureONN-R2 Structure

Fig. 140 ONN-R2 Structure

Page 145: Hardware & Functionality - xa.yimg.comxa.yimg.com/.../name/04_FT22124EN03GLA0_hardware_functionality.… · Hardware & Functionality ... Installation and Test Manual ... SURPASS hiT

Hardware & Functionality

FT22124EN03GLA0 © 2011 Nokia Siemens Networks

145

Fig. 141Block diagram ONN-R2

Direction 1

Fig. 142Block diagram (Direction 1)

Page 146: Hardware & Functionality - xa.yimg.comxa.yimg.com/.../name/04_FT22124EN03GLA0_hardware_functionality.… · Hardware & Functionality ... Installation and Test Manual ... SURPASS hiT

Hardware & Functionality

FT22124EN03GLA0

© 2011 Nokia Siemens Networks 146

3.2.7 Optical Network Node - ONN-RT

Optical Network Node - ONN-RT is an Colorless ROADM w/F09MDRT-1/x nodal degree 2.

The ONN-RT is a 40-channel DWDM NE which is used in a Metro tunable ROADM architecture by combining the functions of optical channel multiplexing/demultiplexing and optical channel (wavelengths) switching into a very compact solution of a (remotely) reconfigurable optical add/drop multiplexer with 100% access to all 40 optical channels on a DWDM line interface.

The basic 40-channel ONN-RT structure consists of transponder cards (if channels termination is required), F09MDRT-1/S filter cards, and optical line amplifier cards (with optional external pump card(s) (PL-1) and with optional Raman pump card (PRC-1) for maximum span reach). Dispersion compensation for an optical span is applied at the interstage access ports of the related amplifier, either as DCM cards within the shelf, or as separate modules in managed UDCM trays depending on the specific fiber type and the required compensation value.

Page 147: Hardware & Functionality - xa.yimg.comxa.yimg.com/.../name/04_FT22124EN03GLA0_hardware_functionality.… · Hardware & Functionality ... Installation and Test Manual ... SURPASS hiT

Hardware & Functionality

FT22124EN03GLA0 © 2011 Nokia Siemens Networks

147

ONN-RT StructureONN-RT Structure

Fig. 143

Fig. 144

Page 148: Hardware & Functionality - xa.yimg.comxa.yimg.com/.../name/04_FT22124EN03GLA0_hardware_functionality.… · Hardware & Functionality ... Installation and Test Manual ... SURPASS hiT

Hardware & Functionality

FT22124EN03GLA0

© 2011 Nokia Siemens Networks 148

3.2.8 Optical Network Node - Reconfigurable/Tunable (80 channels) – ONN-RT(80)

The ONN-RT80 is a 80-channel DWDM NE which is used in a Metro tunable ROADM architecture by combining the functions of optical channel multiplexing/demultiplexing and optical channel (wavelengths) switching into a very compact solution of a (remotely) reconfigurable optical add/drop multiplexer with 100% access to all 40 optical channels on a DWDM line interface.

The basic 80-channel ONN-RT structure consists of transponder cards (if channels termination is required), filter cards (two F09MDRT-1/S, two F09MDRT-1/O, and two F80MDI), and optical line amplifier cards (with optional external pump card(s) (PL-1) and with optional Raman pump card (PRC-1) for maximum span reach). Dispersion compensation for an optical span is applied at the interstage access ports of the related amplifier, either as DCM cards within the shelf, or as separate modules in managed UDCM trays depending on the specific fiber type and the required compensation value.

As the ONN-RT the ONN-RT80 supports 16 colorless add/drop channels per direction.

Each add/drop wavelength is tunable and remotely configurable. Any OTN using ONN-RT80 NEs provides a dynamic wavelength provisioning across the DWDM network, therefore, allowing a modification of the customer traffic demands without manual equipment installation at intermediate locations by local field service personnel (OPEX reduction).

Page 149: Hardware & Functionality - xa.yimg.comxa.yimg.com/.../name/04_FT22124EN03GLA0_hardware_functionality.… · Hardware & Functionality ... Installation and Test Manual ... SURPASS hiT

Hardware & Functionality

FT22124EN03GLA0 © 2011 Nokia Siemens Networks

149

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

ONN-RT(80) StructureONN-RT(80) Structure

Fig. 145 ONN-RT(80) Structure

Page 150: Hardware & Functionality - xa.yimg.comxa.yimg.com/.../name/04_FT22124EN03GLA0_hardware_functionality.… · Hardware & Functionality ... Installation and Test Manual ... SURPASS hiT

Hardware & Functionality

FT22124EN03GLA0

© 2011 Nokia Siemens Networks 150

3.2.9 Optical Network Node - Cross-Connect (ONN-X)

The ONN-X is an advanced 40-channel DWDM NE which is used in PXC architecture. The basic 40-channel ONN-R structure consists of transponder cards (if channels termination is required) and an optical channel switching matrix filter card (F80MR-1). The F80MR-1 card, in the transmitting direction of the DWDM line, realizes a reconfigurable optical switch matrix with low insertion loss for each individual wavelength to select per wavelength between 40 input optical channels received from any other DWDM line port and 40 multiplexed wavelengths of local incoming channels. In the receiving direction of the DWDM line, a passive optical splitter forwards the received line signal to both pass through traffic and drop traffic output ports. Drop traffic is then demultiplexed into individual channels by a F40(V)-1 filter demultiplexer card. For the counter-directional line traffic, another combination of F08MR-1 and F40(V)-1 cards perform the analog channel switching and demultiplexing functions. Pass-through traffic between 2 line directions is forwarded by direct DWDM interconnections between the corresponding F08MR-1 cards.

In each line section the ONN-X structure also includes optical amplifier cards (with optional external pump card(s) (PL-1) and with optional Raman pump card (PRC-1) for maximum span reach). Dispersion compensation for an optical span is applied at the interstage access ports of the related amplifier, either as DCM cards within the shelf, or as separate modules in managed UDCM trays depending on the specific fiber type and the required compensation value.

ONN-X; Nodal degree 2ONN-X; Nodal degree 2

Optical MUX/DMUX and WSS cards

Direction 1 Direction 2

pass-throughtraffic

local dropOptical Amplifiers, DCM, optional cards

(optional)

(optional)(optional)DCMPump

Booster

DCM Pump

MC

P4x

xO

SA

Pre-Amplifier

(optional)

Ramanpump

Tra

nsp

ond

e r/

Mu x

pon

der

10G

2.5G

2.5G

40G

pass-throughtraffic

F40V

...

F40

...

local add

...

F40V

F40

...

Optical Amplifiers, DCM, optional cards

(optional)

DCM Pump

Booster

DCMPump

MC

P4x

xO

SA

Pre-Amplifier

(optional)

Ramanpump

(optional) (optional)

local drop local add

F08MR1:7

WSS

F08MR

1:7

WSS

Fig. 146

Page 151: Hardware & Functionality - xa.yimg.comxa.yimg.com/.../name/04_FT22124EN03GLA0_hardware_functionality.… · Hardware & Functionality ... Installation and Test Manual ... SURPASS hiT

Hardware & Functionality

FT22124EN03GLA0 © 2011 Nokia Siemens Networks

151

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

3.2.9.1 Optical Network Node - Cross-Connect - PXC up to nodal degree 8

Fig. 147 ONN-X; Nodal up to degree 8

Page 152: Hardware & Functionality - xa.yimg.comxa.yimg.com/.../name/04_FT22124EN03GLA0_hardware_functionality.… · Hardware & Functionality ... Installation and Test Manual ... SURPASS hiT

Hardware & Functionality

FT22124EN03GLA0

© 2011 Nokia Siemens Networks 152

3.2.10 Optical Network Node - Cross-Connect 80 channels – ONN-X80

The ONN-X80 is an advanced 80-channel DWDM NE which is used in a PXC architecture.

The basic 80-channel ONN-X80 structure consists of transponder cards (if channels termination is required), F06MR80-1 and F06DR80-1 MEMS-WSS filter cards for optical channel switching in multiplexing (transmitting) and demultiplexing (receiving) directions at each line interface, respectively, therefore forming a double-WSS structure.

The traffic to be locally dropped is divided by the WSS of the corresponding F06DR80- 1 filter card into 2 groups of 40 channels with 100GHz spacing using standard frequency grid and offset frequency grid, respectively. Each 40-channel drop group is amplified by a low-cost LASB-1 amplifier before being demultiplexed into individual drop-channels by the F40-1 demultiplexer filter card.

The traffic to be locally added to a DWDM line is first multiplexed into 2 groups of 40 channels with 100GHz spacing using standard frequency grid and offset frequency grid by the respective F40-1 multiplexer filter card. Each 40-channel add group is then aggregated by the WSS of the corresponding F06MR80-1 card, which also performs optical channel switching between local add channels and pass-through channels from any other DWDM line interface(s) of other direction(s).

Page 153: Hardware & Functionality - xa.yimg.comxa.yimg.com/.../name/04_FT22124EN03GLA0_hardware_functionality.… · Hardware & Functionality ... Installation and Test Manual ... SURPASS hiT

Hardware & Functionality

FT22124EN03GLA0 © 2011 Nokia Siemens Networks

153

F40

/O

F40

/S

F06MR80

WSS

F06DR80

WSS

F40

/O

F40

/S

LA

SB

toM

CP 4

LA

SBto

MC

P4

pass-throughtraffic

local drop

pass-throughtraffic

local add

local add local drop

1

Optical Amplifier, DCM, optional cards

(optional)

(optional) (optional)DCM Pump

Booster

DCMPump

MC

P4

xxO

SA

Pre-Amplifier

(optional)

Ramanpump

Direction 1

Optical Amplifier, DCM, optional cards

(optional)

DCMPump

Booster

DCM Pump

MC

P4 xx

OS

A

Pre-Amplifier

(optional)

Ramanpump

(optional) (optional)

Tra

nsp

onde

r/M

ux

po

nd

er

10G

2.5

G

2.5

G

40G

F40

/O

F4

0/S

F06MR80

WSS

F06DR 80

WSS

F40

/O

F40

/S

LA

SB

toM

CP

4 LA

SB

toM

CP

4

Direction 2 Direction 1

ONN-X 80; Nodal degree 2ONN-X 80; Nodal degree 2

Fig. 148

Page 154: Hardware & Functionality - xa.yimg.comxa.yimg.com/.../name/04_FT22124EN03GLA0_hardware_functionality.… · Hardware & Functionality ... Installation and Test Manual ... SURPASS hiT

Hardware & Functionality

FT22124EN03GLA0

© 2011 Nokia Siemens Networks 154

3.2.11 Optical Network Node - Cross-Connect 96 channels – ONN-X96

The ONN-X96 is an advanced 96-channel DWDM NE which is used in a PXC architecture with DCM-free transmission. The basic ONN-X96 structure consists of transponder cards (if channels termination is required) and F09MDR96-1 bidirectional tunable WSS filter card for optical channel switching in multiplexing (transmitting) and demultiplexing (receiving) directions at each line interface, respectively.

The ONN-X96 supports two add/drop structures, directional fixed frequency add/drop supported by F48MDP-1 cards and colorless and directionless add/drop supported by F09MDR96-1 cards and O09CC-1 for aggregation. A mixture of both add/drop structures is supported, see an example in figure.

The ONN-X96 supports up to 8 nodal degrees plus two colorless and directionless structures. Additional colorless and directionless structures are possible, to a maximum of 5.

For each additional structures the maximum nodal degree is reduced by one. For example, with 4 colorless and directionless structures is possible to have up to 6 nodal degrees.

For each line section, the ONN-X96 structure includes optical amplifier cards optimized for DCM-free networks (LABPC-1, LABBC-1), optional Raman pump card (PRC-2) for maximum span reach, optional channel power monitor card (MCP4-2) for monitoring of the optical channel power levels and optional transient suppression for C-band card (OTSC-1) for transient protection. When OTSC card is used the system is limited to 80 traffic channels.

Directional fixed frequency The directional fixed frequency structure is the most simple and cost effective technology to add/drop channels. Each port of the add/drop structure supports only one specific wavelength, each add/drop structure supports only one specific fiber degree and within the fiber degree, only one direction. This is ideally suited for static and directional traffic patterns.

The traffic to be locally dropped is divided by the F09MDR96-1 filter card into 2 groups of 48 channels with 50GHz spacing using standard frequency grid and offset frequency grid.

The traffic to be locally added to a DWDM line is first multiplexed into 2 groups of 48 channels with 50 GHz spacing using standard frequency grid and offset frequency grid by the respective F48MDP-1 multiplexer filter card. Each 48-channel add group is then aggregated in the F09MDR96-1 card by one of the WSS, which also performs optical channel switching between local add channels and pass-through channels from any other DWDM line interface(s) of other direction(s).

Pass-through traffic between any line direction is forwarded by direct DWDM interconnections between F09MDR96-1 filter cards.

Page 155: Hardware & Functionality - xa.yimg.comxa.yimg.com/.../name/04_FT22124EN03GLA0_hardware_functionality.… · Hardware & Functionality ... Installation and Test Manual ... SURPASS hiT

Hardware & Functionality

FT22124EN03GLA0 © 2011 Nokia Siemens Networks

155

Colorless and directionless The colorless and directionless is a flexible technology to add/drop channels. Each port of the add/drop structure can access any wavelength from any direction of any degree within a node. It is therefore ideally suited for highly flexible traffic patterns.

The add/drop structure consists of WSS based switches (F09MDR96-1 used with the double WSS switching matrix resulting in reduced complexity) and splitters/ combiners (O09CC-1).

Logically it is divided into a directionless layer and a colorless layer. The directionless layer consists of one F09MDR96-1 switch, two LABxC-1 amplifiers and one splitter/combiner card (O09CC-1). Each port of the F09MDR96-1 can be connected to any WSS or splitter used in the switching matrix, allowing it to access all degrees.

The colorless layer consists of up to 9 F09MDR96-1 cards, each one connected to one port of the directionless layer. It is able to drop 9 different channels each, leading to a maximum of 81 tunable ports which can be freely chosen from the overall 96 available channels. F09MDR96-1 cards can be added in increments when demand increases without traffic impact. If more than 81 channels need to be dropped (colorless or two or more identical wavelengths need to be dropped), additional add/drop structures can be

added.

ONN-X96

Fig. 149

Page 156: Hardware & Functionality - xa.yimg.comxa.yimg.com/.../name/04_FT22124EN03GLA0_hardware_functionality.… · Hardware & Functionality ... Installation and Test Manual ... SURPASS hiT

Hardware & Functionality

FT22124EN03GLA0

© 2011 Nokia Siemens Networks 156

3.3 SON – Standalone Optical Node The SON network element is a derivative of the ONN for use as a stand-alone NE for the following applications:

3.3.1 Transponder NE

SON NE can be used as Pure Transponder NE as a feeder system for:

• hiT7500 DWDM system;

• any 3rd party DWDM system.

It provides the capability to use any hiT7300 transponder card, as a feeder to the optical channels of a DWDM system, thereby enabling the benefits of the hiT7300 transponders cards for alternative applications. The SON also supports optical channel protection. Using the tunable transponder card types of hiT7300 also compliance to a 50 GHz DWDM grid is achieved.

I04

T2

G5

I04

T2

G5

I04

T2

G5

I01T

10G

CC

EP

I01T

10G

I01T

10G

I01T

10G

I01T

10G

I01T

10G

I04T

2G5

I04T

2G5

I04T

2G5

I04T

2G5

I04T

2G5 Pure Transponder

NE as a feeder system for:

Pure Transponder NE as a feeder

system for:

hiT7500 DWDM system

Any 3rd party DWDM system

SON – Standalone Optical NodeSON – Standalone Optical Node

Fig. 150 hiT7300 SON as a Pure Transponder NE

Page 157: Hardware & Functionality - xa.yimg.comxa.yimg.com/.../name/04_FT22124EN03GLA0_hardware_functionality.… · Hardware & Functionality ... Installation and Test Manual ... SURPASS hiT

Hardware & Functionality

FT22124EN03GLA0 © 2011 Nokia Siemens Networks

157

3.3.2 Pure Passive Terminal or OADM (amplifier-less)

hiT7300 SON NE can be used as a simple low-cost DWDM system with up to 40 optical channels for short reach applications in metropolitan areas. It provides the capability to use the hiT7300 transponder and optical multiplexer/de-multiplexer cards without any optical amplifier cards. Also optical network configurations consisting of a linear chain of passive optical terminals with intermediate passive OADM can be build by SON NE's.

The multiplexing structure for a passive Terminal/OADM can be realized either by flexible filter structure depending on the required number of channels, or by the F40-1 filter cards providing access to all 40 channels already for first installation. Any flexible filter structure is supported which consists of a cascade of F04MDU filters cards optionally terminated by an F04MDN, which allows incremental upgrading in steps of 4-channel groups; alternatively the F08SB filter card as red/blue splitter can be used providing the advantage of lower insertion loss with higher number of channels.

Fig. 151 Example of Pure Passive Terminal and OADM configuration

Page 158: Hardware & Functionality - xa.yimg.comxa.yimg.com/.../name/04_FT22124EN03GLA0_hardware_functionality.… · Hardware & Functionality ... Installation and Test Manual ... SURPASS hiT

Hardware & Functionality

FT22124EN03GLA0

© 2011 Nokia Siemens Networks 158

Simple point-to-point Applications For simple point-to-point applications, a passive SON/SONF terminal allows the following distances over a G.652 fiber with the SURPASS hiT 7300 transponder cards:

• Up to 60 km for 40 optical 2.5 Gbit/s channels (70 km with an F40(V)-1 filter card).

• Up to 100 km for 28 optical 2.5 Gbit/s channels.

• Up to 18 km for 12 optical 10 Gbit/s channels.

• Up to 25 km for 8 optical 10 Gbit/s channels.

The exact reach depends on the number of multiplexed channels due to optical filters insertion loss. The reach has to be calculated according to the network application.

SON(passive Terminal )

OpticalMUX/DMUX

cards

2.5G

2.5G

10G

Transponder cards

OpticalMUX/DMUX

cards

2.5G

2.5G

10G

Transponder cards

SON(passive Terminal )

For simple point-to-point applications, SON NE’s allows the following distances over a G.652 fiber:

• Up to 60 km for 40 optical 2.5 Gbit/s channels (70 km with an F40(V)-1 filter card).• Up to 100 km for 28 optical 2.5 Gbit/s channels.• Up to 18 km for 12 optical 10 Gbit/s channels.• Up to 25 km for 8 optical 10 Gbit/s channels.

Fig. 152 Simple point-to-point Applications

Page 159: Hardware & Functionality - xa.yimg.comxa.yimg.com/.../name/04_FT22124EN03GLA0_hardware_functionality.… · Hardware & Functionality ... Installation and Test Manual ... SURPASS hiT

Hardware & Functionality

FT22124EN03GLA0 © 2011 Nokia Siemens Networks

159

3.3.3 Long single span applications

The long single span transmission can be achieved by:

• Interworking of SON and RMH07/1RU/2RU series equipment from MPBC for fiber spans using SSMF or PSCF.

• Using the SURPASS hiT 7300 LASBC-1 and LAMPC-1line amplifiers within SON. Interworking with the MPBC RMH07, 1RU, and 2RU amplification systems provide full support for submarine applications, with a maximum of 80 optical channels over the same fiber. Only point-to-point architectures without optical regenerator sites are supported.

Different configurations with different End of Life (EOL) channel counts are released.

The SON also provides a summary alarm supervision function for the connected MPBC RMH07, 1RU, and 2RU shelf/shelves via its external TIF contacts, so that in case of an alarm of the MPBC RMH07, 1RU, and 2RU amplification system the SON reports a corresponding alarm to the TNMS system indicating the affected services.

TIP For detailed information about the RMH07, 1RU, and 2RU series, please refer to the MPBC RMH07, 1RU, and 2RU series customer documentation.

Page 160: Hardware & Functionality - xa.yimg.comxa.yimg.com/.../name/04_FT22124EN03GLA0_hardware_functionality.… · Hardware & Functionality ... Installation and Test Manual ... SURPASS hiT

Hardware & Functionality

FT22124EN03GLA0

© 2011 Nokia Siemens Networks 160

Fig. 153 Long single span applications

Fig. 154 Maximum EOL channel count MPBC equipment

Page 161: Hardware & Functionality - xa.yimg.comxa.yimg.com/.../name/04_FT22124EN03GLA0_hardware_functionality.… · Hardware & Functionality ... Installation and Test Manual ... SURPASS hiT

Hardware & Functionality

FT22124EN03GLA0 © 2011 Nokia Siemens Networks

161

4 CWDM support

hiT 7300CWDM Support

!

Fig. 155 CWDM Support Types

Page 162: Hardware & Functionality - xa.yimg.comxa.yimg.com/.../name/04_FT22124EN03GLA0_hardware_functionality.… · Hardware & Functionality ... Installation and Test Manual ... SURPASS hiT

Hardware & Functionality

FT22124EN03GLA0

© 2011 Nokia Siemens Networks 162

The CWDM sub-system allows a very simple and low cost implementation of a passive (no amplification required) optical multiplexing system which can be used for data collection and aggregation of multiple client data from different remote locations within enterprise or small metropolitan networks.

The CWDM sub-system can be applied as a feeder system for a SURPASS hiT7300 NE or can simply be used as a standalone system for interconnection between first mile access equipment and second mile aggregation switches.

The following table lists all the CWDM frequencies supported by the CWDM sub-system:

Wavelengths (nm) Channel # Subband Comments

1271 17 --

1291 18 --

introduced in R4.3; channel deployed last due to higher attenuation

1311 9 B

1331 10 B

1351 11 B

1371 12 B

1391 13 D

1411 14 D

1431 15 D

1451 16 D

introduced in R4.3

1471 1 E

1491 2 E

1511 3 C

1531 4 C

1551 5 C

1571 6 C

1591 7 E

1611 8 E

introduced in R4.2

The CWDM sub-system main features are:

• Support of 18 wavelengths from CWDM grid (according to ITU-T G.694.2) with CWDM interfaces (according to ITU-T G.695).

• Support of 40 DWDM wavelengths and 14 CWDM wavelengths on the same fiber as pure passive system.

• Independent from SURPASS hiT7300 shelf.

Page 163: Hardware & Functionality - xa.yimg.comxa.yimg.com/.../name/04_FT22124EN03GLA0_hardware_functionality.… · Hardware & Functionality ... Installation and Test Manual ... SURPASS hiT

Hardware & Functionality

FT22124EN03GLA0 © 2011 Nokia Siemens Networks

163

• Mechanical integration either by cascadable CWDM add/drop patch-cord connectors, or by cascadable CWDM filter modules plugged into 1 HU filter pack shelves.

• Compatible with ANSI, hiT7300 ETSI and standard ETSI racks.

• Compliant with Telcordia GR-1209 and GR-1221 for central office conditions.

Supported CWDM frequenciesSupported CWDM frequencies

Fig. 156 Supported CWDM frequencies

Supported CWDM frequenciesSupported CWDM frequencies

Fig. 157 Supported CWDM frequencies

Page 164: Hardware & Functionality - xa.yimg.comxa.yimg.com/.../name/04_FT22124EN03GLA0_hardware_functionality.… · Hardware & Functionality ... Installation and Test Manual ... SURPASS hiT

Hardware & Functionality

FT22124EN03GLA0

© 2011 Nokia Siemens Networks 164

4.1 Passive CWDM Filter Pack Solutions The following pluggable passive CWDM filter modules are available for filter-pack shelves:

• bidirectional single-channel CWDM add/drop modules FC01MDUP-1/n (n=1..8) with upgrade port the mechanical height of this module is 1/2 HU, up to 4 such modules can be plugged into a filter-pack shelf

• bidirectional 4-channel CWDM add/drop module FC04MDUP-1/E for the edge CWDM channels (i.e. channels 1,2,7,8) with in-service upgrade port for the center CWDM channels or in-service future (R4.2) upgrade with DWDM channels height of this module is 1 HU, up to 2 such modules can be plugged into a filter-pack shelf

• bidirectional 4-channel CWDM add/drop module FC04MDP-1/C for the center CWDM channels (i.e. channels 3,4,5,6) the mechanical height of this module is 1 HU, up to 2 such modules can be plugged into a filter-pack shelf

• bidirectional grey-channel (1310nm) band splitter module FC01MDUP-1/0 with upgrade port the mechanical height of this module is 1/2 HU

For internal use

1-ch module structure

upgradeable non upgradeable

FC01MDUP-1/n

Module view

FC01 (patch-cord)

Add/drop port

Express port

Common port

Fig. 158 1ch filter modules

Page 165: Hardware & Functionality - xa.yimg.comxa.yimg.com/.../name/04_FT22124EN03GLA0_hardware_functionality.… · Hardware & Functionality ... Installation and Test Manual ... SURPASS hiT

Hardware & Functionality

FT22124EN03GLA0 © 2011 Nokia Siemens Networks

165

For internal use

4-ch module structure

FC04MDUP-1/E FC04MDP-1/C

Module view:

Fig. 159 4ch filter modules

For internal use

List of supported filters

bidirectional grey-channel (1310nm) band splitter module

FC01MDUP-1/0

bidirectional 4-channel CWDM add/drop module for the center CWDM channels (i.e. 3,4,5,6

FC04MDP-1/C

bidirectional 4-channel CWDM add/drop module for the edge CWDM channels (i.e. 1,2,7,8)

FC04MDUP-1/E

bidirectional single-channel CWDM add/drop

FC01MDUP-1/n (n=1..8)

Single channel filter for 1291nm

FC01MDUP-1/18

Single channel filter for 1271nm

FC01MDUP-1/17

4 channel filter with upgrade port for 1311/1331/1371/1391nm

FC04MDUP-1/B

4 channel filter with upgrade port for 1351/1411/1431/1451nm

FC04MDUP-1/D

Birdirectional CWDM sub-band filter, separator wavelength 1461nm, separating ch 1..8 from 9..18

FC02SBP-1

hiT DWDM filters are supported in cards that reside within the hiT 7300 shelf types and hiT 7300 passive DWDM and CWDM filter modules are supported within a separate shelf.

Fig. 160 CWDM supported filter modules

Page 166: Hardware & Functionality - xa.yimg.comxa.yimg.com/.../name/04_FT22124EN03GLA0_hardware_functionality.… · Hardware & Functionality ... Installation and Test Manual ... SURPASS hiT

Hardware & Functionality

FT22124EN03GLA0

© 2011 Nokia Siemens Networks 166

4.2 CWDM Filter Architecture For local access to only a small number (1..3) of CWDM channels, a cascade of single channel filters FC01MDUP-1/n can be used. For access to 4 and up to 8 (9) CWDM channels (optionally including the grey channel) the 4-channel CWDM multiplexer cascade can be used leading to most compact realization and minimum insertion loss. In-service channel upgrades can easily be deployed using the upgrade ports (UP) of the multiplexer modules for cascading of additional modules.

Similarly, add/drop multiplexing schemes can be realized for a small number of channels by cascading of single-channel multiplexing modules FC01MDUP-1/n and using the upgrade port (UP) either for an additional multiplexer stage or for through-passing of traffic between 2 directions of a CWDM transmission line.

For internal use

CWDM Filter Architecture for 18 channels

Fig. 161 18 channel CWDM filter architecture

Page 167: Hardware & Functionality - xa.yimg.comxa.yimg.com/.../name/04_FT22124EN03GLA0_hardware_functionality.… · Hardware & Functionality ... Installation and Test Manual ... SURPASS hiT

Hardware & Functionality

FT22124EN03GLA0 © 2011 Nokia Siemens Networks

167

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

For internal use

Combination with 14ch CWDM with 40ch DWDM

-DWDM: 100 GHz grid

Fig. 162 14 channel CWDM + 40 channel DWDM filter architecture

Page 168: Hardware & Functionality - xa.yimg.comxa.yimg.com/.../name/04_FT22124EN03GLA0_hardware_functionality.… · Hardware & Functionality ... Installation and Test Manual ... SURPASS hiT

Hardware & Functionality

FT22124EN03GLA0

© 2011 Nokia Siemens Networks 168

4.3 CWDM Topologies With CWDM, linear point-to-point, point-to-multipoint (collector) and ring topologies are supported as shown in the following overview example.

For internal use

CWDM topologies

Ring, linear extension (stub), and linear collector topologies

DSLAM

DSLAMs

DSLAM

CWDM ringLinear CWDM extension

Linear CWDM collector

FC01MDUP-1/1Single Channelbidi CWDM filter

Channel #1

FC01MDUP-1/2Single Channelbidi CWDM filter

Channel #2

FC01MDUP-1/3Single Channelbidi CWDM filter

Channel #3

FC04MDUP-1/E4-Channel

bidi CWDM filters

Fig. 163 Supported CWDM topologies

Page 169: Hardware & Functionality - xa.yimg.comxa.yimg.com/.../name/04_FT22124EN03GLA0_hardware_functionality.… · Hardware & Functionality ... Installation and Test Manual ... SURPASS hiT

Hardware & Functionality

FT22124EN03GLA0 © 2011 Nokia Siemens Networks

169

5 Hardware design

hiT 7300Hardware

!

Fig. 164 Hardware

Page 170: Hardware & Functionality - xa.yimg.comxa.yimg.com/.../name/04_FT22124EN03GLA0_hardware_functionality.… · Hardware & Functionality ... Installation and Test Manual ... SURPASS hiT

Hardware & Functionality

FT22124EN03GLA0

© 2011 Nokia Siemens Networks 170

5.1 hiT7300 racks The SURPASS hiT7300 rack is designed to meet the demands for environmental compatible product design and the customer demands for minimum space consumption. This requires a mechanical concept with respect to cabling, screening attenuation and power dissipation.

The rack is operated by an AC/DC station converter and a battery 48/60V (ETSI/ANSI), positive grounded. Voltage range is between -40.5 V DC to -75 V DC (nominal voltage -48/-60 V DC).

The racks can be installed individually or in combination. Independent network elements can also be fitted into a rack. The rack is installed and attached below a planar cable shelf or to the wall depending on the local circumstances. To allow this, the rack has a height-adjustable adapter. The lower part of the rack is fixed to the bottom rails with two pins or alternatively screwed to the floor. Height-adjustable feet can compensate for unevenness in the floor of up to 25 mm.

The bottom of the rack is open so as to let in fresh air; likewise the top of the rack is open as an air outlet and cable feed-through.

All electrical lines (connection lines for the telecommunications center, cabling between the sub racks and the rack terminal panel) as well as the FO lines will be routed using the upright rails of the rack and are secured with cable ties.

Rack, sub-rack and modules are grounded by multiple mechanical and electrical connections to the planar shelf (protection earth).

300 mm

Cables

600 mm

2200 mm

PDP

Height-adjustable feet

Power Distribution Panel

305 mm

Cables

660 mm

2134 mm

ETSIRack

ANSIRack

PDP

LVD

Low Voltage Disconnect device

Fig. 165 Design of the SURPASS hiT7300 racks

Page 171: Hardware & Functionality - xa.yimg.comxa.yimg.com/.../name/04_FT22124EN03GLA0_hardware_functionality.… · Hardware & Functionality ... Installation and Test Manual ... SURPASS hiT

Hardware & Functionality

FT22124EN03GLA0 © 2011 Nokia Siemens Networks

171

5.1.1 hiT7300 Rack Layout

Each rack contains a power distribution panel (PDP) typically mounted near the top. The fuse panel contains sufficient number of fuses (or circuit breakers) to protect all the dual redundant power feeds that are connected to each shelf in the rack. Each rack may be also equipped with an optional Low Voltage Disconnect device (LVD) mounted above the PDP. The LVD monitors the DC voltage feeds supplied to the rack from the battery distribution bay, and will automatically block a power feed whose voltage drops below the lowest allowed limit. Thus, the LVD prevents low voltage from reaching the shelves in the rack. When the voltage feed recovers to the proper operating range, the LVD will automatically unblock it.

Beside the PDP and optionally LVD on top of the rack, up to three single row sub-racks can be mounted in one rack.

For internal use

Flexible Mechanical Concept

Shelf type

• 510 (H) x 500 (W) x 280 (D) mm³ (ANSI and ETSI racks)

• 15 universal slots for transponders, filters, amplifiers, dispersion compensating modules, protection cards, …

• Each shelf may contain any arbitrary mix of cards– no unused, empty rack space

• Shelf also as 19” variant with 13 universal slots

High scalability

• Every node (terminal, repeater, OADM) can start with a single shelf

• Up to three shelves per rack including cable management

• Up to 32 10G-channels (transponders and optical cards) ina single rack

• Network termination unit for OTU1/2, 10GE

Cost optimization for any configuration size

Fig. 166 hiT7300 Rack Layout

Page 172: Hardware & Functionality - xa.yimg.comxa.yimg.com/.../name/04_FT22124EN03GLA0_hardware_functionality.… · Hardware & Functionality ... Installation and Test Manual ... SURPASS hiT

Hardware & Functionality

FT22124EN03GLA0

© 2011 Nokia Siemens Networks 172

5.2 hiT7300 Sub-racks

5.2.1 Standard shelf

The shelves are available as single row shelf in various versions for different applications (ETSI standard, ETSI special, ANSI). All types of shelf are realized as one mechanical concept with plug-in technique and front access of the cards and the fiber connections.

Each shelf consists of:

• Card slots for installing 16 cards (15 standard slots, 1 controller slot).

• Fiber guides to avoid accidental crimping or squeezing of the optical fibers.

• Fan unit with 4 fan packs to cool the shelf’s electronic equipment.

• Air filter to protect the electronics and optics from dust and other contaminants.

• Edge protection devices on both sides to avoid fiber bending.

• Shelf connector panel with connectors for power supply, grounding and laser power shutdown network.

• Connector for the grounding of wrist straps.

Shelf View

The 12 HU standard shelf

Fan Tray

Dedicated fiber routing space for easy card

equipping and fan tray exchange

Front access only shelf,

wall mounting possible

15 standard traffic cards multiplexer, transponder

etc.

One slot for standard hiT 7300 controller

Extra slack fiber storage

One universal shelf size;two size of brackets to adapt for ETSI and ANSI shelf width

Fig. 167 hiT7300 Sub-racks

Page 173: Hardware & Functionality - xa.yimg.comxa.yimg.com/.../name/04_FT22124EN03GLA0_hardware_functionality.… · Hardware & Functionality ... Installation and Test Manual ... SURPASS hiT

Hardware & Functionality

FT22124EN03GLA0 © 2011 Nokia Siemens Networks

173

In order to achieve a minimum rack spacing by allowing the outlets of the optical cables to be in front of the rack beams, it is recommended to use the available special ETSI rack for assembling SURPASS hiT7300 shelves.

SURPASS hiT7300 shelves can also be assembled within standard ETSI racks. However, in case of mounting a hiT7300 shelf into a standard ETSI rack, the usable cabling space in front of the rack beams is rather small which leads to cabling limitations for typical ONN applications. Therefore, it is advised to apply standard ETSI rack assembling only in case of OLR applications.

TIP SURPASS hiT7300 sub-rack can be equipped with the front cover to protect optical cabling against damage (optional, not applicable in combination with rack front door).

Page 174: Hardware & Functionality - xa.yimg.comxa.yimg.com/.../name/04_FT22124EN03GLA0_hardware_functionality.… · Hardware & Functionality ... Installation and Test Manual ... SURPASS hiT

Hardware & Functionality

FT22124EN03GLA0

© 2011 Nokia Siemens Networks 174

hiT7300 Special ETSI ShelfStandard ETSI Shelf

Fig. 168 Standard ETSI and Special ETSI shelves

SRS-1 shelf SRS-2 shelf

• ETSI or ANSI shelf• 16 slots available• 1x fan unit CFS1 or CFS2

• ETSI or ANSI shelf• 16 slots available• 4x fan unit CFS3 or CFS4

Fig. 169 hiT7300 shelf types

Page 175: Hardware & Functionality - xa.yimg.comxa.yimg.com/.../name/04_FT22124EN03GLA0_hardware_functionality.… · Hardware & Functionality ... Installation and Test Manual ... SURPASS hiT

Hardware & Functionality

FT22124EN03GLA0 © 2011 Nokia Siemens Networks

175

5.2.2 Flatpack shelf

The SURPASS hiT 7300 also provides a flatpack shelf for small NE installations that require only a few cards, (e.g., remote passive network termination using SONF with one or two transponder cards only).

The flatpack shelf can be mounted into ETSI, ANSI and 19” racks, the material of the flatpack shelf frame is stainless steel.

TIP The flatpack shelf solution can only be implemented in SONF NE's.

CPE flatpack

The flatpack shelf shares cards with the full size shelf in an only5 HU/225mm high shelf (vs 12 HU/517mm of full size shelf)

Fan Tray

Dedicated fiber routing avoids trouble with fan

tray exchange

19/21 inch, wall mounting, desktop

Front access only

Five standard traffic cards multiplexer, transponder etc.

Slot on top alternatively for 110/220V power

supply (for AC operation)

Slot for standard hiT 7300 controller; extension shelf

supported

Fig. 170

Page 176: Hardware & Functionality - xa.yimg.comxa.yimg.com/.../name/04_FT22124EN03GLA0_hardware_functionality.… · Hardware & Functionality ... Installation and Test Manual ... SURPASS hiT

Hardware & Functionality

FT22124EN03GLA0

© 2011 Nokia Siemens Networks 176

5.2.3 19" shelf

The SURPASS hiT 7300 also provides a 19 inch shelf for installations in computer racks that require a high amount of cards.

The 19" shelf can be mounted into 19” racks, the material of the 19" shelf frame is stainless steel.

SURPASS hiT7300 19“ shelf

Fig. 171 19" shelf

Page 177: Hardware & Functionality - xa.yimg.comxa.yimg.com/.../name/04_FT22124EN03GLA0_hardware_functionality.… · Hardware & Functionality ... Installation and Test Manual ... SURPASS hiT

Hardware & Functionality

FT22124EN03GLA0 © 2011 Nokia Siemens Networks

177

5.2.4 DCM Shelf

The DCM shelf is needed in cases where external dispersion compensation modules are required for dispersion compensation. The DCM's are inserted in drawers which can be pulled out of the shelf. The drawers are fixed via telescope rails to the frame of the DCM shelf. The drawers are provided with locks in order to prevent unintentional opening. The drawers can be pulled out without using any special tool.

One DCM shelf is capable for plugging of 4 DCMs of height 1HU or 2 DCMs of height 2HU, respectively.

Dispersion Compensation Module ShelfDispersion Compensation Module Shelf

Fig. 172

Page 178: Hardware & Functionality - xa.yimg.comxa.yimg.com/.../name/04_FT22124EN03GLA0_hardware_functionality.… · Hardware & Functionality ... Installation and Test Manual ... SURPASS hiT

Hardware & Functionality

FT22124EN03GLA0

© 2011 Nokia Siemens Networks 178

5.2.5 Shelf fan unit and air filter

The shelf fan unit and air filter are mounted in the middle of the shelf, between the fiber routing guides and the connector panel.

Fan unit: Each shelf is equipped with a fan unit that provides cooling airflow for the cards. The fan unit is held securely in place by hand-operated latches. The operating status of the four individual fans inside the unit is monitored. Detection of a fault condition will raise the appropriate system alarm and light the LED on the front of the fan unit.

Air filter: The fan unit contains a one-piece replaceable air filter element to protect the shelf from ingesting environmental dust or other airborne contaminants. Air filter replacement must be treated as a periodic maintenance procedure to ensure that the fans are able to sustain optimum shelf operating temperature.

WARNING An excessively dirty air filter will reduce cooling airflow.

WARNING Always provide adequate air cooling. A populated shelf must not be operated without the fan unit for more than 10 minutes.

Page 179: Hardware & Functionality - xa.yimg.comxa.yimg.com/.../name/04_FT22124EN03GLA0_hardware_functionality.… · Hardware & Functionality ... Installation and Test Manual ... SURPASS hiT

Hardware & Functionality

FT22124EN03GLA0 © 2011 Nokia Siemens Networks

179

• One fan drawer per shelf with a slide-in fan unit

• The fan unit is equipped with four fans and an air filter

• Front access: the fan unit can be extracted out of the subrack without using special tools

• The fans will stop within a few seconds after removing the fan unit from the drawer

• The system will be thermally operational under the following condition: one single fan within the fan unit fails at the maximum air temperature (55° C)

• A red LED indicates the operating status of the fans

Fig. 173 SURPASS hiT7300 Fan unit

Page 180: Hardware & Functionality - xa.yimg.comxa.yimg.com/.../name/04_FT22124EN03GLA0_hardware_functionality.… · Hardware & Functionality ... Installation and Test Manual ... SURPASS hiT

Hardware & Functionality

FT22124EN03GLA0

© 2011 Nokia Siemens Networks 180

5.2.6 Connector Panel

The connector panel (COPA) is placed inside the shielded room at the bottom edge of the SURPASS hiT7300 sub-rack. The external management and power supply connectors of the sub-rack are centralized on its connector panel. There is also EMI filter elements.

The COPA connectors are listed in the following table:

Connector Name

Connector Type

Remarks

UBAT 1/3; UBAT 2/4

3W3 D-Sub For connection of shelf DC operating voltage (redundant power feeds from the rack Fuse Panel)

APSD IN; ASPD OUT

8-pin RJ45 Input and output connectors for the amplifier card Automatic Power Shutdown (APSD) bus. APSD signaling is daisy-chained from shelf -to-shelf via cable using these connectors

GND M4 threaded stud

Shelf grounding cable must be attached here

FAN ALARM

SURPASS hiT 7300SIEMENS

UBAT2/4 (304)

GND (305)

APSD OUT (303)

APSD IN (302)

UBAT1/3 (301)

DANGER: ROTATING FANS

Fig. 174 Connector panel (COPA)

Page 181: Hardware & Functionality - xa.yimg.comxa.yimg.com/.../name/04_FT22124EN03GLA0_hardware_functionality.… · Hardware & Functionality ... Installation and Test Manual ... SURPASS hiT

Hardware & Functionality

FT22124EN03GLA0 © 2011 Nokia Siemens Networks

181

5.2.7 Cable outlet

In order to minimize the rack spacing of the sub-racks, the outlets of the optical cables is available in front of the rack beams. Each sub-rack has a cable outlet which is placed below the screened room of the sub-rack. All cables can be bent over defined radius (radius of bend = 30 mm) in order to avoid any problems with transmission of the optical signals.

Cable outlet

Fig. 175 Cable outlet

Page 182: Hardware & Functionality - xa.yimg.comxa.yimg.com/.../name/04_FT22124EN03GLA0_hardware_functionality.… · Hardware & Functionality ... Installation and Test Manual ... SURPASS hiT

Hardware & Functionality

FT22124EN03GLA0

© 2011 Nokia Siemens Networks 182

5.3 RMH07 series Sub-Rack The RMH07 sub-rack has been designed to safely and securely fit into ETSI standard racks (600mm width by 300mm depth). A spacing clearance of 200mm or more must be left on top the RMH equipment to provide proper heat exhaust. No spacing clearance is required at the bottom of the equipment.

A maximum of two RMH07 sub-racks can be installed in a 2200mm ETSI rack. Allocating 0.80 m of vertical rack space to each RMH07, the remaining of the rack space will be used by the power distribution and management monitoring equipment. The RMH07 sub-rack has three compartments – the cable shelf, card shelf and fan shelf.

The fan shelf accommodates up to three Environmental Control Units (ECU). The fan shelf provides power and monitor signal connections for the ECU's via the backplane.

The card shelf contains the main electronic components of the RMH07. The card shelf compartment is protected with a removable hinged door. There are 23 slots in the card shelf section of the RMH07 with a slot spacing of 20 mm (0.79”). Forced air is circulated from bottom to top via the ventilated card guide. The card shelf provides power, control and monitor signal connections for the PIU via the backplane. Encoding keys prohibit the user from inserting a card in the wrong location.

All external electrical and optical connections to and from the RMH07 sub-rack are made through the cable shelf compartment. Electrical connections are made to/from the backplane, whereas the optical connections are through the fiber fingers between the card shelf and the cable shelf compartments.

FAN SHELF

CARD SHELF

CABLE SHELF

Fig. 176 RMH07 series Sub-Rack

Page 183: Hardware & Functionality - xa.yimg.comxa.yimg.com/.../name/04_FT22124EN03GLA0_hardware_functionality.… · Hardware & Functionality ... Installation and Test Manual ... SURPASS hiT

Hardware & Functionality

FT22124EN03GLA0 © 2011 Nokia Siemens Networks

183

RMH07 typical configurations are shown in the following figure:

Typical Configuration: 24 dBm Booster, 1.5 W Raman

max: 5 MLUsmin: 4 MLUs

DXXXXSMF

In Out

DXXXXSMF

In Out

DXXXXSMF

In Out

MLU MLU

F40-1

COM

P15F

SIG

IN

SIG

OU

T

MON. OUT

P17F

SIG

IN

SIG

OU

T

MON. OUT

OSU

OSCOUT

OSCIN

RCU 1,5W

OS

CO

UT

OS

CO

UT

OTDR(APC)

RAMANMONITOR

INPUTFROMLINE

SIGNALOUTPUT

SEE

D1

SEE

D2

SLU SLU OSU

OSCOUT

OSCIN

FIXED ATTENUATOR

EITHER VOAS OR FIXED ATTENUATORS

I01T10G-1LHD

Clie

nt

Lin

eTx

Rx

Rx

Tx

I08T10G-1LHD

Line

Clie

nt

Rx5Tx5

Rx6Tx6

Rx7Tx7

Rx8

Tx1

Rx2Tx2

Rx3Tx3

Rx4Tx4

Tx

RxTx8

Rx1

O08VA-1

VOAIN1OUT1

VOAOUT2IN2

VOAIN3OUT3

VOAOUT4IN4

VOAIN5OUT5

VOAOUT6IN6

VOAIN7OUT7

VOAOUT8IN8

F40-1

COM

P24F

SIG

IN

SIG

OUT

OSC IN

OSC IN

BACK REFL.

MON. OUT

FIXED ATTENUATORS

**

Fig. 177 RMH07 typical configuration_1

1 232221191816 17 201098642 3 5 7 1514131211

RMH-ECU RMH-ECURMH-ECU

RMH-PLF RMH-PLF

unus

ed

RM

H-M

LU-2

000

RM

H-M

LU-2

000

RM

H-M

LU-2

000

RM

H-M

LU-2

000

RM

H-M

LU-2

000

RM

H-S

LU-3

60/1

454

RM

H-S

LU-3

60/1

454

u nus

ed

RM

H-O

SU

/157

4

RM

H-O

SU

/157

4

unus

ed

RM

H- A

SU

RMH-RCU-RFL-1500-1426/1454-S2-C5-I1

RM

H-P

15F

unus

ed

unus

ed

RM

H-P

17F

RM

H-P

24F

Fig. 178 RMH07 typical configuration_2

Page 184: Hardware & Functionality - xa.yimg.comxa.yimg.com/.../name/04_FT22124EN03GLA0_hardware_functionality.… · Hardware & Functionality ... Installation and Test Manual ... SURPASS hiT

Hardware & Functionality

FT22124EN03GLA0

© 2011 Nokia Siemens Networks 184

5.4 Mechanical design of modules

5.4.1 Basic card design

Each card consists of a multi-layer PCB with a surrounding ESD grounding frame and a face plate. The components are fitted on both sides of the PCB.

The SIPAC connectors at the rear of the card as well as the corresponding SIPAC connectors on the sub-rack backplane are fitted with mechanical card coding elements. Each card can only be fully inserted into a sub-rack slot that is suitable for this card, so that fundamental sub-rack equipping errors (which possibly might cause damages or extensive malfunctions) are impossible. These mechanical coding elements also ensure the proper centering and grounding of the card in the sub-rack. All cards have insertion and removal aids that fit into the holes of the card guides in the sub-rack. No special tools are necessary for inserting or extracting the cards.

WARNING Note that installing cards requires slow and careful handling. Never apply excessive force!

Cards comprise all devices PCB (printed circuit boards) which can be installed by a simple plug-in procedure. Each card can be fixed with captive screws on the top and bottom card levers. The grounding pins of the SIPAC connectors are pre-mating, so that they first of all establish the ground connection, when the card is being inserted into the sub-rack.

Page 185: Hardware & Functionality - xa.yimg.comxa.yimg.com/.../name/04_FT22124EN03GLA0_hardware_functionality.… · Hardware & Functionality ... Installation and Test Manual ... SURPASS hiT

Hardware & Functionality

FT22124EN03GLA0 © 2011 Nokia Siemens Networks

185

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Mechanical Coding

SIPAC Connector

Printed Circuit Board (PCB)

Insertion and removal aid

Insertion and removal aid

Fig. 179 Basic card design

Page 186: Hardware & Functionality - xa.yimg.comxa.yimg.com/.../name/04_FT22124EN03GLA0_hardware_functionality.… · Hardware & Functionality ... Installation and Test Manual ... SURPASS hiT

Hardware & Functionality

FT22124EN03GLA0

© 2011 Nokia Siemens Networks 186

5.4.2 Card faceplate LED's

Each "active" card, i.e., those that contain an on-board processor, has a green OK LED and a red Fault LED on its faceplate that indicates card status. "Passive" cards (e.g., Filter cards) do not have any LED's.

The following information can be obtained from the "OK" LED and from the "Fault" LED:

Element Color Explanation

OK LED Green When the OK LED is on, it indicates that the card is powered, operating fault-free, and is capable of carrying traffic

Fault LED

Red When the Fault LED is on, it indicates that the card has detected an on-board hardware or software failure. When the failure condition clears, the Fault LED is extinguished. The Fault LED is powered by a backplane power bus, ensuring that a card can light its Fault LED even if its own on-board power supply fails

CC

SP

Lever

Fault

OK

1

2

ACO

Upper insertion / extraction aid

Upper insertion / extraction aid

“Fault” LED and “OK” LED“Fault” LED

and “OK” LED

Fig. 180 Card faceplate LED's

Page 187: Hardware & Functionality - xa.yimg.comxa.yimg.com/.../name/04_FT22124EN03GLA0_hardware_functionality.… · Hardware & Functionality ... Installation and Test Manual ... SURPASS hiT

Hardware & Functionality

FT22124EN03GLA0 © 2011 Nokia Siemens Networks

187

5.4.3 Cards and optical connectors labeling

The visible surfaces of the insertion and removal aids are used for card identifying labels.

The front panel of an optical card is either fitted with optical fiber connectors or with SFP modules. The available fiber connector variants, depending on the card types, are listed in TED.

F4 -OutF4-In

F3 -OutF3-In

F2 -OutF2-In

F1 -OutF1-In

1C-Out2C-In

DxOutMxIn

Card Labelling

Optical Connectors

Optical ConnectorsLabelling

Fig. 181 Example of the cards and optical connectors labeling

Page 188: Hardware & Functionality - xa.yimg.comxa.yimg.com/.../name/04_FT22124EN03GLA0_hardware_functionality.… · Hardware & Functionality ... Installation and Test Manual ... SURPASS hiT

Hardware & Functionality

FT22124EN03GLA0

© 2011 Nokia Siemens Networks 188

5.5 SURPASS hiT7300 optical cabling SURPASS hiT7300 equipment operates at high laser power levels. Use extreme caution when connecting or disconnecting fiber, since high optical power levels can be present at card connectors or fiber ends.

WARNING Never look directly into the end of a fiber, patchcord, fiber pigtail or card connector until you are sure that no light is present. Permanent eye damage or blindness can result if exposed to such optical power levels - even for extremely short durations.

In order to avoid cable damage when routing the optical connections, the following fiber guiding parts of the system have to be used:

• Fiber duct: Supports safe fiber routing from rack to rack.

• Edge protection: Avoids bending of optical fiber running from or to the fiber guides of a shelf (shelf-to-shelf connections).

• Cable slots: After connecting the fibers at the cards they have to be guided through the cable slots. In combination with adjacent space and the bending radius (25 mm) given by the guiding plastic parts, this will avoid accidental crimping and squeezing of the optical fiber.

After connecting the cables at the plug-in modules, they have to be run through the cable slots. Then the cable has to be bent sideward. In order to avoid cable squeezing, the cables are bent over plastic parts. Distribute the cables in the cable ducts symmetrically. Therefore, usage of the left or right side of the bay has to be checked in any case.

The cables are handled sideward to the cable outlets of the shelf. Over length (slack) must be stored in the cable compartment.

The minimum bending radius of the optical cables is 25 mm. The cable slots directly below the plug-in module have to be used.

Page 189: Hardware & Functionality - xa.yimg.comxa.yimg.com/.../name/04_FT22124EN03GLA0_hardware_functionality.… · Hardware & Functionality ... Installation and Test Manual ... SURPASS hiT

Hardware & Functionality

FT22124EN03GLA0 © 2011 Nokia Siemens Networks

189

Fig. 182 Shelf Cable Duct (example)

Fig. 183 Edge protection (example)

Page 190: Hardware & Functionality - xa.yimg.comxa.yimg.com/.../name/04_FT22124EN03GLA0_hardware_functionality.… · Hardware & Functionality ... Installation and Test Manual ... SURPASS hiT

Hardware & Functionality

FT22124EN03GLA0

© 2011 Nokia Siemens Networks 190

Fig. 184 Fiber Tray (example).

Page 191: Hardware & Functionality - xa.yimg.comxa.yimg.com/.../name/04_FT22124EN03GLA0_hardware_functionality.… · Hardware & Functionality ... Installation and Test Manual ... SURPASS hiT

Hardware & Functionality

FT22124EN03GLA0 © 2011 Nokia Siemens Networks

191

6 Exercise

Fig. 185

Page 192: Hardware & Functionality - xa.yimg.comxa.yimg.com/.../name/04_FT22124EN03GLA0_hardware_functionality.… · Hardware & Functionality ... Installation and Test Manual ... SURPASS hiT

Hardware & Functionality

FT22124EN03GLA0

© 2011 Nokia Siemens Networks 192

Exercise 1

Title: Hardware and Functionality

Objectives: Demonstrate that you know the main functions of the hardware of SURPASS hiT7300

Pre-requisite: Pre-read chapter "Hardware and Functionality;

Physical access to the equipments.

Task 1

Please form four teams. Ask your instructor for the name of your team (e.g. student01) and write it down in the field below:

I am working with the team: student _ _

Fig. 186 Login information

Go to the LAB and dependent on the team number, you are responsible for the following NE:

Case of LAB1:

Group Name NE Name Row/Rack

Student01 Dresden 06 / 002

Student02 Hannover 06 / 007

Student03 Berlin 06 / 012

Student04 Jena 06 / 022

Student05 Weimar & Muenster 06 / 017

Page 193: Hardware & Functionality - xa.yimg.comxa.yimg.com/.../name/04_FT22124EN03GLA0_hardware_functionality.… · Hardware & Functionality ... Installation and Test Manual ... SURPASS hiT

Hardware & Functionality

FT22124EN03GLA0 © 2011 Nokia Siemens Networks

193

Case of LAB2:

Group Name NE Name Row/Rack

Student01 Goslar 07 / 502 & 07 / 507

Student02 Olpe 07 / 507

Student03 Unna 07 / 512

Student04 Rastatt 07 / 517

Student05 Kamenz 07 / 522

Each team shall verify and write down in the table below the name of cards and the slot number where this card is inserted to for the NE assigned.

NE Name: ________________

Shelf 1 Shelf 2 Shelf 3

Slot Card Slot Card Slot Card

001 001 001

002 002 002

003 003 003

004 004 004

005 005 005

006 006 006

007 007 007

008 008 008

009 009 009

010 010 010

011 011 011

012 012 012

013 013 013

014 014 014

015 015 015

016 016 016

Page 194: Hardware & Functionality - xa.yimg.comxa.yimg.com/.../name/04_FT22124EN03GLA0_hardware_functionality.… · Hardware & Functionality ... Installation and Test Manual ... SURPASS hiT

Hardware & Functionality

FT22124EN03GLA0

© 2011 Nokia Siemens Networks 194

Task 2

Using the information from the previous task (card types available in the NE assigned to your team), try to find out which hiT7300 NE type it is.

In the table below marked the correct NE type of the NE assigned to your team.

NE Type Which NE type is assigned to my team?

OLR

ONN-T

ONN-I

ONN-R

ONN-S

ONN-X

SON

TIP Discuss in class the obtained results.

Task 3

In order to understand the optical signal flow each team shall write down the optical cable numbers of the NE in the appropriate fields of the cabling plan attached to this exercise.

Page 195: Hardware & Functionality - xa.yimg.comxa.yimg.com/.../name/04_FT22124EN03GLA0_hardware_functionality.… · Hardware & Functionality ... Installation and Test Manual ... SURPASS hiT

Hardware & Functionality

FT22124EN03GLA0 © 2011 Nokia Siemens Networks

195

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Direction

Muenster

Direction

Hannover

In

MonSo

OutVOA

LASBC-1SR 1 Sl 14

1C-OUT

2C-IN

R-IN

R-OUT

C06-IN

C06-OUT

F08-SB1

1C-OUT2C-IN

C08-IN

C08-OUT

F16SB-R

A

B

C

D

1C-OUT

2C-IN

F04MDN-1/C08

F1

O08VA-1

IN3

Rx

VOA

VOA

SR1 Sl 8

SR1 Sl 13

SR1 Sl. 6

1C-OUT

2C-IN

194.0

F04MDN-1/C06

OUT

SR1 Sl 12

SR3 Sl 3

ClientLine

I01T10GSR3 Sl.6

O08VA-1

VOA

VOA

SR3 Sl 1

F1

OUT

F2

OUT

193.1 IN4

OUT4

Tx

OUT3

OUT4 IN4IN

IN

Cli

en

tL

ine

I04

T2

G5

SR

3 S

l15

Rx

1

Tx1

IN3

OUT3

IN

LAxPC-1 Sl 7

In

MonSo

Out

From ISDTo ISD

VOA

LAMPC-1SR 1 Sl 11

DCM

SR1 Sl 9

LAxPC-1 Sl 7

In

MonSo

Out

From ISDTo ISD

VOA

LAMPC -1SR 1 Sl 4

DCM

SR1 Sl 2

In

MonSo

OutVOA

LASBC - 1SR 1 Sl 7 1514

5dB

DxOUT

MxIN

2C-IN

1C-OUT

F04MDU-1/C06

SR1 Sl 3

DxOUT

2C-IN

1C-OUT

F04MDU-1/C08

SR1 Sl 5

O0

8VA

-1

IN1

VO

A

VO

A

SR

3 S

l3

OU

T1

OU

T2

IN2

F1

OUT

194

.0

IN

O0

8VA

-1

IN2

VO

A

VO

A

VO

A

SR

3 S

l2

OU

T2

OU

T8

IN8

F1IN

OUT

193

.2C

lie

nt

Lin

e

I04

T2

G5

SR

3 S

l15

Rx

2

Rx2

Tx

2

Tx2

F2

IN4

19

3.1

OUT

OU

T4

IN2

OU

T2

F3

F4

MxIN

F2

F3

F4

5dB

F3

F4

F2

F3

F4

1515

1513

1516

.

.

.

hiT7300 ONN-I; NE Name: DresdenRow/Rack/Subrack: 06/002/02-04

To

/Fro

m O

DF

To

/Fro

m O

DF

To

/Fro

m O

DF

To

/Fro

m O

DF

Last changes: 28.01.2008

In Out

In Out

OUT

193.8

O08VA-1

VOA

VOA

SR3 Sl 2IN6 OUT6

INClientLine

I04T2G5SR3 Sl.4

IN7OUT7

OUT

193.7

O08VA-1SR3 Sl 1

IN1OUT1

193.7

Clie

nt

Lin

e

I04

T2

G5

SR

3 S

l4

Rx

1

Tx

1

IN

O0

8V

A-1

VO

A

SR

3 S

l1

VOA

O08VA-1SR3 Sl 2

IN1 OUT1VOA

Tap1

MonP1

Tap2 Tap3

Tap4

MonP2

MonP3

MonP4

OSA

MCP404-2SR1; SL1

2dB

O0

3C

P-1

SR

3 Sl.7

Line1In

Line1Out

Prot1In

Prot1Out

RxClientLine

I01T10GSR3 Sl 5

Tx

Tx

Rx

2dB

Tx

Rx

IN

OUT

Fig. 187 NE Dresden SR1&SR3

Page 196: Hardware & Functionality - xa.yimg.comxa.yimg.com/.../name/04_FT22124EN03GLA0_hardware_functionality.… · Hardware & Functionality ... Installation and Test Manual ... SURPASS hiT

Hardware & Functionality

FT22124EN03GLA0

© 2011 Nokia Siemens Networks 196

hiT7300 ONN-I; NE Name: DresdenRow/Rack/Subrack: 06/002/02-04

Last changes: 28.01.2008

Direction

Jena

LAxPC-1 Sl 7

In

MonSo

Out

From ISDTo ISD

VOA

LAMPC -1SR 2 Sl 4

DCM

SR2 Sl 2

DxOUT

MxIN

2C-IN

1C-OUT

F04MDU-1/C08

SR2 Sl 5

DxOUT

2C-IN

1C-OUT

F04MDU-1/C06

SR2 Sl 8

F1

OUT

194.0 INF1IN

OUT

193.2

Cli

ent

Lin

e

I04

T2

G5

SR

2

Sl.

6

Rx1

Tx1

F2OUT

F3

F4

MxIN

F2

F3

F4

1120

O08VA-1

IN8

SR3 Sl 1

OUT1

OUT7 IN7

To

/Fro

m O

DF

To

/Fro

m O

DF

In Out

193.7

IN

Ta

p1

Mo

nP

1

Ta

p2

Ta

p3

Ta

p4

Mo

nP

2M

on

P3

Mo

nP

4

OS

A

MC

P40

4-2S

R2; S

L1

2dB

IN

OUT

MonSo

Out

LIFB-1SR 2 Sl 7

In1119

VOA

VOA

O08VA-1

IN6

SR3 Sl 1

OUT61

OUT5 IN5

VOA

VOA

LIN

ER

x

Tx

CLI

ENT

Rx

8Tx

8

Rx

7Tx

7

Rx

6Tx

6

Rx

5Tx

5

Rx

3Tx

3R

x4

Tx4

Rx

2Tx

2

Rx 1

Tx1

I08T

10G

-1S

R2

Sl

9

Fig. 188 NE Dresden SR2

Page 197: Hardware & Functionality - xa.yimg.comxa.yimg.com/.../name/04_FT22124EN03GLA0_hardware_functionality.… · Hardware & Functionality ... Installation and Test Manual ... SURPASS hiT

Hardware & Functionality

FT22124EN03GLA0 © 2011 Nokia Siemens Networks

197

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

DirectionDirection

Dresden

In

MonSo

OutVOA

LASBC-1SR 1 Sl 14

1C-OUT

2C-IN

R-IN

R-OUT

C06-IN

C06-OUT

F08-SB1

1C-OUT

2C-IN

C08-IN

C08-OUT

F16SB-R

A

B

C

D

1C-OUT

2C-IN

F04MDN-1/C08

F1

SR2 Sl 15

SR1 Sl 15

SR1 Sl 8

F2

OUT

193.1

Clie

nt

Lin

e

I04

T2

G5

SR

2 Sl3

Tx1

Rx2

O0

8V

A-1

SR

2 Sl1

IN3

OU

T3

IN4

OU

T4

IN

LAxPC-1

In

MonSo

Out

From ISDTo ISD

LAMPC-1SR 1 Sl 11

DCM

SR1 Sl.12

LAxPC-1 Sl7

In

MonSo

Out

From ISDTo ISD

VOA

LAMPC-1SR 1 Sl 4

DCM

SR1 Sl.2

In

MonSo

OutVOA

LASBC-1SR 1 Sl 7 1520

5dB

DxOUT

MxIN

2C-IN

1C-OUT

F04MDU-1/C08

SR1 Sl 06

DxOUT

2C-IN

1C-OUT

F04MDU-1/C06

SR1 Sl 5

F1

OUT

194.0IN

OU

T3

IN4

F1 IN

OUT

193.2

Rx2

Rx1

Tx1

Tx

2

F2

F3

F4

MxIN

F2

F3

F4

5dB

F3

F4

1519

1518

1C

-OU

T

2C-IN

19

4.0

F0

4M

DN

-1/C

06

OU

T

SR

1 Sl10

IN

F1

F2

F3

F4

hiT7300 ONN-I; NE Name: HannoverRow/Rack/Subrack: 06/007/02-03

To

/Fro

m O

DF

To

/Fro

m O

DF

To

/Fro

m O

DF

To

/Fro

m O

DF

Last changes: 28.01.2008

In Out

IN1

SR

2 Sl1

IN3

OU

T6

IN6

OU

T5

IN5

OU

T4

In Out

1517 VOA

IN7OUT7

19

3.7

Client Line

I04T2G5SR2 Sl13

O08VA-1SR2 Sl 1

Tx2 IN2 OUT2

OU

T

IN

O0

8V

A-1

SR

2 Sl2

O0

8V

A-1

SR

2 Sl2

193

.8

OU

T

IN

IN

VO

A

VO

A

Clie

nt

Lin

e

I04

T2

G5

SR

2 Sl3

VO

A

VO

A

193.1

OUT

Clie

nt

Lin

e

I04

T2

G5

SR

2 Sl13

VO

A

OUT1

IN8

O0

8VA

-1S

R2 S

l2

VO

A

OU

T8

OUT

IN 193.8

O0

8V

A-1

SR

2 Sl2

IN2

VO

A

OU

T2

O0

8V

A-1

VO

A

IN1

OUT1

Rx1

VO

A

VO

A

Berlin

Tap4

MonP4

Tap3 Tap2

Tap1

MonP3

MonP2

MonP1

OSA

MCP404-2SR1; SL1

2dB2dB

O08VA-1SR2 Sl 2

VOA

VOA

Fig. 189 Hannover SR1&2

Page 198: Hardware & Functionality - xa.yimg.comxa.yimg.com/.../name/04_FT22124EN03GLA0_hardware_functionality.… · Hardware & Functionality ... Installation and Test Manual ... SURPASS hiT

Hardware & Functionality

FT22124EN03GLA0

© 2011 Nokia Siemens Networks 198

Direction

Muenster Direction

Hannover

LAxPC-1 Sl7

In

MonSo

Out

From ISDTo ISD

VOA

LALPC -1SR1 Sl 4

DCM

SR1 Sl 2

In

MonSo

OutVOA

LALBC -1SR 1 Sl 7 1601

5 dB

DxOUT

MxIN

2C-IN

1C-OUT

F04MDU-1/C06

SR1 Sl 5

DxOUT

2C-IN

1C-OUT

F04MDU-1/C08

SR1 Sl 8

O08V

A-1

IN2

VO

A

VO

A

SR

2 S

l1

OU

T2

OU

T1

IN1

F1OUT

194.

0

IN

Rx

Clien

tL

ine

I01T

10G

SR

2 S

l5

Tx

F1IN

F2

OUT

F3

F4

MxIN

F2

F3

F4

In

MonSo

Out

LASBC-1SR 1 Sl 14

5dB

1604

..

hiT7300 ONN-I; NE Name: BerlinRow/Rack/Subrack: 06/012/02-03

To

/Fro

m O

DF

To

/Fro

m O

DF

Last changes: 28.01.2008

O08VA-1

VOA

VOA

SR2 Sl 1

IN5OUT5OUT4

Clien

tL

ine

I04T

2G

5S

R2 S

l4

Rx1

Tx1

IN4

LAxPC-1 Sl7

In

MonSo

Out

From ISDTo ISD

VOA

LAMPC-1SR 1 Sl 11

DCM

SR1 Sl12

1602

In Out

In Out

DxOUT

MxIN

2C-IN

1C-OUT

F04MDU-1/C06

SR1 Sl 10

DxOUT

2C-IN

1C-OUT

F04MDU-1/C08

SR1 Sl 9

F1OUT 194.0

IN F1 IN

OUT

193.2

F2 193.1

OUT

F3

F4

MxIN

F2

F3

F4

O08V

A-1

IN4

VO

A

VO

A

SR

2 S

l2

OU

T4

OU

T3

IN3

Rx

Clien

tL

ine

I01T

10G

SR

2 S

l6

Tx

In )

PRC-1

Out

Mon LineMon PRC

SR2 SL14

1603

From ISDTo ISD

O08

VA

-1

IN8

VO

A

VO

A

SR

2

Sl

1

OU

T8

OU

T6

IN6

Rx2

Cli

ent

Lin

e

I04

T2

G5

SR

2

Sl.

10

Tx2

OUT

193.8

To

/Fro

m O

DF

To

/Fro

m O

DF

VOA

O08V

A-1

SR

2 S

l1

IN3

OU

T3

VO

A

193.7

O08V

A-1

SR

2 S

l2

IN2

OU

T2

VO

A

OUT

Clien

tL

ine

I04T

2G

5S

R2

Sl

4

Rx2

Tx2

OUT6

Cli

ent

Lin

e

I04

T2

G5

SR

2

Sl1

0

Rx1

Tx1

OUT

193.1

O08VA-1SR2 Sl 2

VO

A

IN5

OU

T5

IN

IN1OUT1VOA

O08VA-1SR2 Sl 2

193.2

O08V

A-1

SR

2 S

l2

IN7

VO

AO

UT

7

Tap1

MonP1

Tap2 Tap4

Tap3

MonP2

MonP4

MonP3

OSA

MCP404-2SR1; SL1

2dB

2dB

IN

IN6VOA

5dB2dB

O03C

P-1

SR

2 S

l.3

Line1In

RxTx

Line1Out

RxTx

Prot1In

IN

O08V

A-1

SR

2 S

l2

Prot1Out

Fig. 190 NE Berlin SR1&2

Page 199: Hardware & Functionality - xa.yimg.comxa.yimg.com/.../name/04_FT22124EN03GLA0_hardware_functionality.… · Hardware & Functionality ... Installation and Test Manual ... SURPASS hiT

Hardware & Functionality

FT22124EN03GLA0 © 2011 Nokia Siemens Networks

199

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Tap4

MonP4

Tap3 Tap2

Tap1

MonP3

MonP2

MonP1

OSA

MCP404-2SR1; SL15

2dB

hiT7300 ONN-R; NE Name: JenaRow/Rack/Subrack: 06/022/02-03

Last changes: 28.01.2008

DirectionDresden

LAxPC-1 Sl7

In

MonSo

Ou

t

From ISDTo ISD

VOA

LAMPC-1SR 1 Sl 4

DCM

SR2 Sl 1

1209

MonSo

Out

LIFB-1SR 1 Sl 7

In

In Out

2dB

1210

VOA VOA VOAVOA

F40 MR-1SR 2 Sl 6

RX

-IN

192.

1

195.

7

196 .

0

195.

9

195.

8

194 .

0

193 .

2

COM

F4

0-1

SR

1 S

l13

RX-

OU

T2

TX-O

UT

O08

VA

-1S

R2

S

l.4

IN1

VO

AC

lien

tL

ine

I04

T2

G5

SR

1

Sl

1

Rx1

Tx1

OU

T1

193.2

VOAVOAVOA VOA

F40 MR-1SR 1 Sl 9

DirectionWeimar

LAxPC-1 Sl7

In

MonSo

From ISDTo ISD

VOA

LAMPC-1SR 1 Sl 11

DCM

SR2 Sl14

1211

InOut

MonSo

Out

LIFB-1SR 1 Sl 14

In1212

RX

-IN

192.1

195.7

196.0

195.9

195.8

194.0

193.2

COM

F4

0-1S

R1 S

l. 6

RX-

OU

T2

TX-O

UT

RX-OUT1

EXP-IN

O08V

A-1

SR

2 S

l.4IN

2V

OA

Clien

tL

ine

I04T

2G

5S

R1

Sl

1

Rx2

Tx2

OU

T2

RX-

OU

T1

EXP-IN

193.2

194.0

194.0

To

/Fro

m O

DF

To

/Fro

m O

DF

To

/Fro

m O

DF

To

/Fro

m O

DF

Fig. 191 NE Jena SR1&2

Page 200: Hardware & Functionality - xa.yimg.comxa.yimg.com/.../name/04_FT22124EN03GLA0_hardware_functionality.… · Hardware & Functionality ... Installation and Test Manual ... SURPASS hiT

Hardware & Functionality

FT22124EN03GLA0

© 2011 Nokia Siemens Networks 200

DirectionJena

LAxPC-1 Sl7

In

MonSo

Out

From ISDTo ISD

VOA

LAMPC-1SR 1 Sl 4

DCM

SR1 Sl 5

1118

MonSo

Out

LIFB-1SR 1 Sl 7

In

COM

192.1

195.7

194.0

196.0

195.9

195.8

193.2

192.1

195.7

.

196.0

195.9

195.8

194.0

193.2

In Out

Tap4

MonP4

Tap3 Tap2

Tap1

MonP3

MonP2

MonP1

OSA

MCP404-2SR1; SL3

2dB

2dB

F40-1SR1 Sl 9

COM

F40-1SR1 Sl 2

Rx1

Tx1Client Line

I04T2G5SR1 Sl 10

O08VA-1SR1 Sl13

IN1OUT1VOA

LINERx

Tx

CLIENT

Rx8Tx8

Rx7Tx7

Rx6Tx6

Rx5Tx5

Rx3Tx3Rx4Tx4

Rx2Tx2

Rx1Tx1

I08T10G-1SR1 Sl 11

O08VA-1SR1 Sl13

IN2OUT2

O08VA-1SR1 Sl13

IN4 OUT4VOA

O08VA-1SR1 Sl13

IN3 OUT3VOA

1117

VOA

hiT7300 ONN-T; NE Name: WeimarRow/Rack/Subrack: 06/017/03

To

/Fro

m O

DF

To

/Fro

m O

DF

Fig. 192 NE Weimar SR1

LineSignal

out

Mon LineMon RPump

In

MonSo

Out

From ISDTo ISD

VOA

Direction1

Berlin

Direction2

Dresden

In

MonSo

Out

From ISD To ISD

LALIC-1 SR1 Sl 7

VOA

DCM

SR1 Sl 1 InOut

LALIC-1 SR1 Sl 10 PRC-1 SR1 Sl 14

DCM

SR1 Sl12

hiT7300 OLR; NE Name: MuensterRow/Rack/Subrack: 06/017/02

To

/Fro

m O

DF

To

/Fro

m O

DF

To

/Fro

m O

DF

To

/Fro

m O

DF5 dB

In Out

Fig. 193 NE Muenster SR1

Page 201: Hardware & Functionality - xa.yimg.comxa.yimg.com/.../name/04_FT22124EN03GLA0_hardware_functionality.… · Hardware & Functionality ... Installation and Test Manual ... SURPASS hiT

Hardware & Functionality

FT22124EN03GLA0 © 2011 Nokia Siemens Networks

201

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

LAxPCOut

VOA

In

MonSo

Sl 7Out

VOA

In

MonSo

In

MonSo

Out

VOA

In

MonSo

Out

VOA

COM

196.00

193 .80

192.10

193.20WSS 1X8TX - IN 1

TX - IN2

TX - IN3

TX - IN4

TX - IN5

TX

-OU

T

VOA

RX - OUT 1

RX - OUT 2

RX - OUT 3

RX -OUT 4

RX -OUT 5RX

- IN

MD

40 %

60 %

COM

196.00

193 .80

192.10

193.20

VOA

VOA

VOA

VOA

MD

RX - OUT 6

RX - OUT 7

RX - OUT 8

TX - IN6TX - IN7

TX - IN8

COM

196.0 0

193 .8 0

192 .10

193 .20

COM

196.00

193.80

192.10

193.20

VOA

VOA

VOA

VOA

WSS 1 X8TX - IN1

TX - IN2

TX - IN3

TX - IN4

TX - IN5TX-OUT

VOA

RX - OUT1

RX - OUT2

RX - OUT3

RX - OUT4

RX - OUT5

MD

40 %

60 %

MD

RX - OUT6

RX - OUT7

RX -OUT8

TX - IN6TX - IN7

TX - IN8

OSA

WSS

1X

8TX

-IN

1

TX-I

N2

TX-I

N3

TX-I

N4

TX-I

N5

TX-OUT

VOA

RX

-OU

T1

RX

-OU

T2

RX

-OU

T3

RX

-OU

T4

RX

-OU

T5

RX-IN-

MD40

%

60%

RX

-OU

T6

RX

-OU

T7

RX

-OU

T8

TX-I

N6

TX-I

N7

TX-I

N8

In

MonSo

OutSl 7

Out

From ISD

VOA

In

MonSo

IO4T2G5-1SR2; SL. 9

Lin

e

Clie

nt

LAMPC-1SR3; SL. 4

To ISDDCM

Slot 92

LAMPC-1SR1; SL. 4

InOut

F08M

R-1

; SR

1; S

L. 8

LAMIC-1SR1; SL. 7

VOA

F08MR-1; SR2; SL. 1F08MR-1; SR3; SL. 8

From ISD To ISD

LAMPC-1SR2; SL. 11

From ISD To ISDDCM

SR2; Sl.7InOut

MC

PSR

1; S

L. 2

Ta

p4

Mo

nP

4M

on

P3

Mo

nP

2M

on

P1

Ta

p3

Ta

p1

Tap

2

RX-IN

F40V-1/SSR2; SL. 3

F40-1/SSR2; SL. 6

From ISDTo ISD

LAMIC-1SR2; SL. 14

Rx2

IO4T2G5-1SR2; SL. 10L

ine

Clie

nt

Rx1

Tx2

Tx1

From ISD To ISDDCM

Sr3 Sl.10InOut

OSA M

CP

SR3; SL.3

Tap

4

Mo

nP

4M

on

P3

Mo

nP

2M

on

P1

Tap

3

Tap

1

Tap

2

F40V-1/SSR3; SL. 1

F40-1/SSR3; SL. 6

LAMIC-1SR3; SL. 7

IO4T2G5-1SR2; SL. 9

Lin

e

Cli

en

t

IO4T2G5-1SR2; SL. 10

Lin

e

Cli

en

t

Tx1

Tx2

Rx1

Rx2

From ISD To ISD

2dB

5dB

5dB

5dB

2dB

10dB

5dB

2dB

10dB

Direction

Olpe

1131

1141

Direction

Unna

1331

1311

Direction

Rastatt

1121

1111

hiT7300 ONN-X; NE Name: Goslar

Row/Rack/Subrack: 07/502/02-0407/507/02

Last changes: 04.02.2009

Fig. 194 Goslar SR1, 2&3

Page 202: Hardware & Functionality - xa.yimg.comxa.yimg.com/.../name/04_FT22124EN03GLA0_hardware_functionality.… · Hardware & Functionality ... Installation and Test Manual ... SURPASS hiT

Hardware & Functionality

FT22124EN03GLA0

© 2011 Nokia Siemens Networks 202

hiT7300 ONN-S; NE Name: OlpeRow/Rack/Subrack: 07/507/02

Last changes: 04.02.2009

Direction

Goslar

DxOUT

MxIN

2C-IN

1C-OUT

F04MDU-1/C06

SR1 Sl 3

F1

OUT

IN 193.8

F2

F3

F4 193.7INOUT

LAxPC-1 Sl7

In

MonSo

Out

From ISDTo ISD

VOA

LAMPC -1SR 1 Sl 4

DCM

SR1 Sl 1

1242

In Out

MonSo

Out

LIFB-1SR 1 Sl 7

In1232

Direction

Kamenz

LAxPC-1 Sl7

In

MonSo

Out

From ISD To ISD

VOA

LAMPC-1SR 1 Sl 11

DCM

SR1 Sl 12

1142

InOut

MonSo

Out

LIFB-1SR 1 Sl 14

In 1132

DxOUT

MxIN

2C-IN

1C-OUT

F04MDU-1/C06

SR1 Sl 15

F1

OUT

IN193.8

F2

F3

F4193.7 IN

OUT.

Cli

ent

Lin

e

I04

T2

G5

SR

1

Sl.

5

Rx1

Tx1

O08

VA

-1

IN2

SR

1 S

l6

OU

T2

OU

T4

IN4

Clien

tL

ine

I04T

2G

5S

R1

Sl.1

0

IN3

OU

T3

VO

A

VO

A

Rx2

VO

A

VO

AIN

1

Tx2

OU

T1

Clien

tL

ine

I04T

2G

5S

R1

Sl.5

Rx2

Tx2

OU

T6

Cli

ent

Lin

e

I04

T2

G5

SR

1

Sl.

10

IN7

Rx1

Tx1

OU

T5

IN8

OU

T8

VO

A

OU

T7

VO

A

VO

AIN

5

O08V

A-1

SR

1 S

l6

IN6

VO

A

5dB

5dB

Fig. 195 Olpe SR1

Page 203: Hardware & Functionality - xa.yimg.comxa.yimg.com/.../name/04_FT22124EN03GLA0_hardware_functionality.… · Hardware & Functionality ... Installation and Test Manual ... SURPASS hiT

Hardware & Functionality

FT22124EN03GLA0 © 2011 Nokia Siemens Networks

203

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

DirectionGoslar

LAxPC-1 Sl7

In

MonSo

Out

From ISDTo ISD

VOA

LAMPC-1SR 1 Sl 4

DCM

SR1 Sl 92

1342

MonSo

Out

LIFB-1SR 1 Sl 7

In

COM

192.1

194.4

194.0

196.0

195.9

195.8

193.7

192.1

194.4

.

196.0

195.9

195.8

194.0

193.7

In Out

Tap4

MonP4

Tap3 Tap2

Tap1

MonP3

MonP2

MonP1

OSA

MCP404-2SR1; Sl 5

5dB

2dB

F40V-1/SSR1 Sl 8

COM

F40V-1/SSR1 Sl 2

Rx2

Tx1

Client Line

I04T2G5SR1 Sl 12

LINERx

Tx

CLIENT

Rx8Tx8

Rx7Tx7

Rx6Tx6

Rx5Tx5

Rx3Tx3Rx4Tx4

Rx2Tx2

Rx1Tx1

I08T10G-1SR1 Sl 10

1322

hiT7300 ONN-T; NE Name: UnnaRow/Rack/Subrack: 07/512/02

Last changes: 04.02.2009

Rx1

Tx1Client Line

I01T10GSR1 Sl 6

193.1

Rx1

193.1

Tx2

Fig. 196 Unna SR1

Page 204: Hardware & Functionality - xa.yimg.comxa.yimg.com/.../name/04_FT22124EN03GLA0_hardware_functionality.… · Hardware & Functionality ... Installation and Test Manual ... SURPASS hiT

Hardware & Functionality

FT22124EN03GLA0

© 2011 Nokia Siemens Networks 204

Direction

Goslar

DirectionKamenz

In

MonSo

OutVOA

LASBC-1SR 1 Sl 14

1C-OUT

2C-IN

R-IN

R-OUT

C06-IN

C06-OUT

F08-SB1

1C-OUT2C-IN

C08-IN

C08-OUT

F16SB-R

A

B

C

D

1C-OUT2C-IN

F04MDN-1/C08

F1

SR1 Sl 9

SR1 Sl 15SR2 Sl. 15

1C-OUT

2C-IN

194.0

F04MDN-1/C06

OUT

SR1 Sl 10

F1

OUT

F2

OUT

193.2

IN

IN

IN

LAxPC-1 Sl7

In

MonSo

Out

From ISDTo ISD

VOA

LAMPC-1SR 1 Sl 11

DCM

SR1 Sl 12

LAxPC-1 Sl7

In

MonSo

Out

From ISDTo ISD

VOA

LAMPC-1SR 1 Sl 4

DCM

SR1 Sl 5

In

5dB

F3

F4

F2

F3

F4

1222

1122

1212

hiT7300 ONN-I; NE Name: RastattRow/Rack/Subrack: 07/517/02-03

Last changes: 04.02.2009

In Out

In Out

OUT

193.8IN

OUT

193.7

Tap1

MonP1

Tap2 Tap3

Tap4

MonP2

MonP3

MonP4

OSA

MCP404-2SR1; SL2

5dB

IN4

Rx2

Tx2

Clien

tL

ine

I04T

2G

5S

R2

Sl.1

4

MonSo

Out

LIFB-1SR 1 Sl 7

In

1C-OUT

2C-IN

R-IN

R-OUT

C06-IN

C06-OUT

F08-SB1

1C-OUT

2C-IN

C08-IN

C08-OUT

F16SB-R

A

B

C

D

SR1 Sl 1SR2 Sl. 1

1C-OUT2C-IN

F04MDN-1/C08

F1

SR1 Sl 8

OUT

F2

OUT

193.1

IN

IN

F3

F4

1C-OUT

2C-IN

194.0

F04MDN-1/C06

OUT

SR1 Sl 3

F1IN

F2

F3

F4

OUT

193.8 IN

OUT

193.7

Rx1

Tx1

Cli

ent

Lin

e

I04

T2

G5

SR

2

Sl.

14

Rx1

Tx1

Clien

tL

ine

I04T

2G

5S

R2

Sl.2

193.2

IN3

OU

T3

OU

T5

IN5

OU

T6

O08

VA

-1S

R2

S

l3

VO

A

VO

A

VO

A

VO

A

IN6

IN4

OU

T4

IN2 OUT2IN8

O08VA-1SR2 Sl 3

VOAO

08V

A-1

SR

2

Sl

4

IN2

Rx2

Tx2

Clien

tL

ine

I04T

2G

5S

R2

Sl.2

OUT2

OUT8

VOA

IN3

OUT3

VO

A

OUT1

VO

A

IN1

VO

A

O08

VA

-1

VO

A

SR

2

Sl

4

OUT4

OUT7

VOA

IN1 OUT1

VOA IN7

1112

Fig. 197 Rastatt SR1&2

Page 205: Hardware & Functionality - xa.yimg.comxa.yimg.com/.../name/04_FT22124EN03GLA0_hardware_functionality.… · Hardware & Functionality ... Installation and Test Manual ... SURPASS hiT

Hardware & Functionality

FT22124EN03GLA0 © 2011 Nokia Siemens Networks

205

Tap4

MonP4

Tap3 Tap2

Tap1

MonP3

MonP2

MonP1

OSA

MCP404-2SR1; SL15

hiT7300 LAB2 ONN-R; NE Name: Kamenz

Row/Rack/Subrack: 07/522/02-03

Last changes: 04.02.2009

DirectionOlpe

LAxPC-1 Sl7

In

MonSo

Ou

t

From ISDTo ISD

VOA

LAMPC-1SR 1 Sl 4

DCM

SR1 Sl 2In Out

2dB

VOA VOA VOAVOA

F40 MR-1SR 1 Sl 9

RX

-IN

192.

1

195.

7

196.

0

195.

9

195 .

8

194.

0

193.

7

COM

F40

-1/S

SR

1 S

l13

RX-

OU

T2

TX-O

UT

O08

VA

-1S

R2

Sl.

5IN

1C

lien

tL

ine

I04

T2

G5

SR

2

Sl

4

Rx1

Tx1

OU

T1

193.7

VOAVOAVOA VOA

F40 MR-1SR 2 Sl 14

DirectionRastatt

LAxPC-1 Sl7

In

MonSo

From ISDTo ISD

VOA

LAMPC-1SR 1 Sl 11

DCM

SR2 Sl11

1231

InOut

MonSo

Out

LIFB-1SR 1 Sl 14

In1241

RX

-IN

192.1

195.7

196.0

195.9

195.8

194.4

193.7

COM

F4

0-1/SS

R1 S

l. 6

RX-

OU

T2

TX-O

UT

RX-OUT1

EXP-IN

O08V

A-1

SR

2 S

l.5IN

4V

OA

Clien

tL

ine

I04T

2G

5S

R2

Sl

4

Rx2

Tx2

OU

T4

RX-

OU

T1

EXP-IN

193.7

194.4

194.0

In

MonSo

Out

LASBC-1SR 1 Sl 7 1221

10dB

VOA

VO

A

O08V

A-1

SR

2 S

l.5

IN2

Clien

tL

ine

I08T

G10

SR

2 S

l2

Rx

Tx

OU

T2

VO

A

O08

VA

-1S

R2

Sl.

5C

lien

tL

ine

I01

T10

GS

R2

S

l1

0

Rx

Tx

IN3

VO

AO

UT

3

1211

Fig. 198 Kamenz SR1&2

TIP Discuss in class the obtained results.

Page 206: Hardware & Functionality - xa.yimg.comxa.yimg.com/.../name/04_FT22124EN03GLA0_hardware_functionality.… · Hardware & Functionality ... Installation and Test Manual ... SURPASS hiT

Hardware & Functionality

FT22124EN03GLA0

© 2011 Nokia Siemens Networks 206

I’ve got it !

F I N I S H .F I N I S H .

Fig. 199